Philips Chassis L04l-Aa SM PDF

Colour Television
Chassis
L04L
AA
E_14480_000.eps
120204
Contents
Page
1. Technical Specifications, Connections,

and Chassis Overview
2
2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions,
Warnings, and Notes
4
3. Directions for Use
6
4. Mechanical Instructions
24
5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Faultfinding 26
6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews,
and Waveforms
Wiring Diagram
37
Block Diagram Supply and Deflection
38
Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier
39
Block Diagram Video
40
Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel
41
Block Diagram Audio/Control
42
I2C and Supply Voltage Overview
43
7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
Diagram
Power Supply
(Diagram A1) 44
Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply)
45
Deflection
(Diagram A2) 46
Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection)
47
Tuner IF
(Diagram A3) 48
Hercules
(Diagram A4) 49
Features & Connectivities
(Diagram A5) 50
Class D - Audio Amplifier
(Diagram A6) 51
Audio Amplifier
(Diagram A7) 52
Rear I/O Cinch
(Diagram A8) 53
Front Control
(Diagram A9) 54
DVD Power Supply (Reserved) (Diagram A10)55
CRT Panel
(Diagram B1) 62
ECO Scavem Panel
(Diagram B2) 63
Side AV + Headphone Panel
(Diagram D) 66
Top Control Panel
(Diagram E) 68
Linearity & Panorama Panel
(Diagram G) 69
Contents
8.
9.
10
11
Page
LTI/CTI Interface Panel

(Diagram H)
Front Interface Panel
(Diagram J)
Alignments
Circuit Descriptions
Abbreviation List
IC Data Sheets
Spare Parts List (not applicable)
Revision List
70
72
73
81
91
92
93
94
71
72
PWB
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
56-61
64-65
64-65
67
68
69
Copyright 2004 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.
Published by BB 0463 Service PaCE
Printed in the Netherlands
Subject to modification
EN 3122 785 14440
EN 2
1.
Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview
L04L AA
1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

Notes:
Described specifications are valid for the whole (LATAM)
product range.
Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual situation,
due to different set executions.
1.2
1.1
Technical Specifications
1.2.1
1.1.1
Reception
Display type
Screen size
Tuning system
Color systems
Sound systems
Channel selections
IF picture carrier
Aerial input
A/V Connections
Connections
Note: The following connector color abbreviations are used
(acc. to DIN/IEC 757): Bk= Black, Bu= Blue, Gn= Green, Gy=
Grey, Rd= Red, Wh= White, Ye= Yellow.
Top Control and Front / Side Connections
FRONT I/O
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
CRT-DV-SF
25 (63 cm), 4:3
28 (70 cm), 16:9
29 (72 cm), 4:3
32 (82 cm), 16:9
PLL
NTSC M, or
TriNorma
BTSC, or
BTSC + SAP
181, full cable
45.75 MHz
75 ohm, F-type
PAL B/G (pb)
RED IR LIGHT SENSOR

LED
(OPTIONAL)
TOP CONTROL
- VOLUME
- PROGRAM +
SIDE I/O
1.1.2
Miscellaneous
Audio output:
Power supply:
- Mains voltage range
- Mains frequency
: 2x5W
: 2 x 10 W
R AUDIO L VIDEO
E_14480_045.eps
170204
: 90 - 276 V_ac
: 50 / 60 Hz
Figure 1-1 Top control and Front / Side connections

Ambient conditions:
- Temperature range
- Maximum humidity
Power consumption:
- Normal operation
- Standby
: +5 to +45 deg. C
: 90% R.H.
: from 56 W (25)
: to 70 W (32)
: <1W
Audio / Video In
Ye - Video (CVBS) 1 V_pp / 75 ohm
Wh - Audio - L
0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm
Rd - Audio - R
0.2 V_rms / 10 kohm
Bk - Headphone 8 - 600 Ohm / 4 mW
1.2.2
jq
jq
jq
ot
Rear Connections
75 Ohm
MONITOR
OUT
AV2
IN
AV1
IN
VIDEO
L/Mono
Pb
Pr
AUDIO
R
COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT
S-VIDEO
E_14480_047.eps
110204
Figure 1-2 Rear connections

Aerial In
- F-type
Coax, 75 ohm
Monitor Out
Wh - Audio - L
0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm
Rd - Audio - R
0.5 V_rms / 1 kohm
kq
kq
kq
YUV In
Bu - U
Rd - V
Gn - Y
jq
jq
jq
0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm

0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm
0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm
Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview
1.3
AV1 In
Wh - Audio - L
0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm
Rd - Audio - R
0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm
jq
jq
jq
AV2 In
Wh - Audio - L
0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm
Rd - Audio - R
0.5 V_rms / 10 kohm
jq
jq
jq
AV2 In (SVHS)
1 - Ground
2 - Ground
3 -Y
4 -C
H
H
jq
jq
GND
GND
1 V_pp / 75 ohm
0.3 V_pp / 75 ohm
L04L AA
1.
EN 3
Chassis Overview
B1
CRT
B2
ECO
SCAVEM
CRT PANEL
SIDE AV PANEL +
HEADPHONE
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
PANEL
MONO
CARRIER
LINEARITY &
PANORAMA PANEL
TOP CONTROL PANEL
FRONT INTERFACE PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
A1
LINE DEFLECTION
A2
TUNER IF
A3
HERCULES
A4
FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES
A5
CLASS D AUDIO AMPLIFIER
A6
AUDIO AMPLIFIER
A7
REAR I/O CINCH
A8
FRONT CONTROL
A9
DVD POWER SUPPLY
A10
E_14480_046.eps
270204
Figure 1-3 PWB location
EN 4
2.
L04L AA
Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes
2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2.1
Safety Instructions
2.3
Safety regulations require that during a repair:

Due to the chassis concept, a very large part of the circuitry
(incl. deflection) is 'hot'. Therefore, connect the set to the
mains via an isolation transformer.
Replace safety components, indicated by the symbol h,
only by components identical to the original ones. Any
other component substitution (other than original type) may
increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard.
Wear safety goggles when you replace the CRT.
Safety regulations require that after a repair, you must return
the set in its original condition. Pay, in particular, attention to
the following points:
General repair instruction: as a strict precaution, we advise
you to re-solder the solder connections through which the
horizontal deflection current is flowing. In particular this is
valid for the:
1. Pins of the line output transformer (LOT).
2. Fly-back capacitor(s).
3. S-correction capacitor(s).
4. Line output transistor.
5. Pins of the connector with wires to the deflection coil.
6. Other components through which the deflection current
flows.
Note: This re-soldering is advised to prevent bad connections
due to metal fatigue in solder connections, and is therefore only
necessary for television sets more than two years old.
Route the wire trees and EHT cable correctly and secure
them with the mounted cable clamps.
Check the insulation of the mains cord for external
damage.
Check the strain relief of the mains cord for proper function,
to prevent the cord from touching the CRT, hot
components, or heat sinks.
Check the electrical DC resistance between the mains plug
and the secondary side (only for sets that have an isolated
power supply). Do this as follows:
1. Unplug the mains cord and connect a wire between the
two pins of the mains plug.
2. Turn on the main power switch (keep the mains cord
unplugged!).
3. Measure the resistance value between the pins of the
mains plug and the metal shielding of the tuner or the
aerial connection of the set. The reading should be
between 4.5 M and 12 M.
4. Switch the TV 'off' and remove the wire between the
two pins of the mains plug.
Check the cabinet for defects, to prevent the possibility of
the customer touching any internal parts.
2.2
Maintenance Instructions
We recommend a maintenance inspection carried out by
qualified service personnel. The interval depends on the usage
conditions:
When a customer uses the set under normal
circumstances, for example in a living room, the
recommended interval is three to five years.
When a customer uses the set in an environment with
higher dust, grease, or moisture levels, for example in a
kitchen, the recommended interval is one year.
The maintenance inspection includes the following actions:
1. Perform the 'general repair instruction' noted above.
2. Clean the power supply and deflection circuitry on the
chassis.
3. Clean the picture tube panel and the neck of the picture
tube.
Warnings
In order to prevent damage to ICs and transistors, avoid all
high voltage flashovers. In order to prevent damage to the
picture tube, use the method shown in Fig. 2-1, to
discharge the picture tube. Use a high voltage probe and a
multi-meter (position V_dc). Discharge until the meter
reading is 0 V (after approx. 30 s).
E_06532_007.eps
110204
Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube
All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to

electrostatic discharges (ESD, w). Careless handling
during repair can reduce life drastically. Make sure that,
during repair, you are connected with the same potential as
the mass of the set by a wristband with resistance. Keep
components and tools also at this potential. Available ESD
protection equipment:
Complete kit ESD3 (small tablemat, wristband,
connection box, extension cable and ground cable)
4822 310 10671.
Wristband tester 4822 344 13999.
Together with the deflection unit and any multi-pole unit,
flat square picture tubes form an integrated unit. The
deflection and the multi-pole units are set optimally at the
factory. We do not recommend adjusting this unit during
repair.
Be careful during measurements in the high voltage
section and on the picture tube.
Never replace modules or other components while the unit
is 'on.
When you align the set, use plastic rather than metal tools.
This will prevent any short circuits and the danger of a
circuit becoming unstable.
2.4
Notes
2.4.1
General
Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the

chassis (= tuner) ground (H), or hot ground (I), depending
on the tested area of circuitry.
The voltages and waveforms shown in the diagrams are
indicative. Measure them in the Service Default Mode (see
chapter 5) with a color bar signal and stereo sound (L: 3
kHz, R: 1 kHz unless stated otherwise) and picture carrier
at 475.25 MHz for PAL, or 61.25 MHz for NTSC
(channel 3).
Where necessary, measure the waveforms and voltages
with (D) and without (E) aerial signal. Measure the
voltages in the power supply section both in normal
operation (G) and in standby (F). These values are
indicated by means of the appropriate symbols.
Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes
2.4.2
2.4.4
All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is

often used to indicate the decimal point location (e.g. 2K2
indicates 2.2 kohm).
Resistor values with no multiplier may be indicated with
either an "E" or an "R" (e.g. 220E or 220R indicates 220
ohm).
All capacitor values are expressed in:
micro-farads (= x 10^-6),
nano-farads (n= x 10^-9), or
pico-farads (p= x 10^-12).
Capacitor values may also use the value multiplier as the
decimal point indication (e.g. 2p2 indicates 2.2 pF).
An "asterisk" (*) indicates component usage varies. Refer
to the diversity tables for the correct values.
The correct component values are listed in the Electrical
Replacement Parts List. Therefore, always check this list
when there is any doubt.
Practical Service Precautions
Schematic Notes
2.4.3
The picture tube panel has printed spark gaps. Each spark
gap is connected between an electrode of the picture tube
and the Aquadag coating.
The semiconductors indicated in the circuit diagram and in
the parts lists, are interchangeable per position with the
semiconductors in the unit, irrespective of the type
indication on these semiconductors.
It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock.

While some sources are expected to have a possible
dangerous impact, others of quite high potential are of
limited current and are sometimes held in less regard.
Always respect voltages. While some may not be
dangerous in themselves, they can cause unexpected
reactions - reactions that are best avoided. Before reaching
into a powered TV set, it is best to test the high voltage
insulation. It is easy to do, and is a good service precaution.
Before powering up the TV set with the back cover off
(or on a test fixture), attach a clip lead to the CRT DAG
ground and to a screwdriver blade that has a well insulated
handle. After the TV is powered "on" and high voltage has
developed, probe the anode lead with the blade, starting at
the case of the High Voltage Transformer (flyback - IFT).
Move the blade to within two inches of the connector of the
CRT.
If there is an arc, you found it the easy way, without
getting a shock! If there is an arc to the screwdriver blade,
replace the part that is causing the problem: the High
Voltage Transformer or the lead (if it is removable).
Lead Free Solder

This set is manufactured with lead-free production technology.
This is also indicated on the PWB by the PHILIPS lead-free
logo (either by a service-printing or by a sticker).
Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

This set is produced with lead-free solder alloy as well as with
lead-free sub-parts. It can be considered as lead-free.
Due to this fact, some rules have to be respected by the
workshop during a repair:
Use only lead-free soldering tin Philips SAC305 with order
code 0622 149 00106. If lead-free solder paste is required,
please contact the manufacturer of your soldering
equipment.
L04L AA
2.
EN 5
Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free

soldering tin.
Adjust your solder tool so that a temperature around
217 - 220 deg. C is reached at the solder joint.
Do not mix lead-free soldering tin with leaded soldering tin;
this will lead to unreliable solder joints!
Use only original spare parts listed in this manual. These
are lead-free parts!
On the website www.atyourservice.ce.philips.com you can
find more information on:
Aspects of lead-free technology.
BGA (de-)soldering, heating-profiles of BGAs used in
Philips sets, and others
Subject
Panel No.
Cable Box Connection . . . . . . . . . . .2
Channel Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Clock Controls
Activate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Display Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Specific Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Start or Stop Time . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Closed Caption Control . . . . . . . . . .31
Demo Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Factory Service Locations . . . . .36-37
Format Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Language Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Limited Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Picture Menu Controls . . . . . . . . . .15
QuadraSurf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33-34
Remote Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Remote Button Descriptions . . . .9-10
Sleeptimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Sound Menu Controls . . . . . . . . . . .16
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Tuner Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
After using the AutoProgram Control,

press the CH + and buttons to scroll
through all the channels stored in the
televisions memory.
HELPFUL HINT
751 Round
Coaxial Cable
AV2 in
S-VIDEO
ANT 75
AUDIO
Pr
Pb
AV1 in
AV2 in
Monitor out
VIDEO
L/Mono
S-VIDEO
75
Back of TV
75
Jack Panel
Back of TV
Connect the Cable TV cable or

Direct Cable Connection
Antenna cable (or 300 to 75 ohm
adapter) to the 751 plug on the
TV.
Cable signal
If you have a Cable Converter
coming from
Cable Company
Box: Connect the OUT(put) plug
from the Converter to the 751
plug on the TV.
Round Cable
751
Pr
Pb
AV1 in
Back of TV
AUDIO
Monitor out
VIDEO
L/Mono
L04L AA
Twin Lead
Wire
1
300 to 751
Adapter
(Outdoor or Indoor)
If your Cable TV signal or

Antenna signal is a round
cable (75 ohm) then you're
ready to connect to the TV.
If your antenna has flat twinlead wire (300 ohm), you first
need to attach the antenna wires
to the screws on a 300 to 75 ohm
adapter.
If you have a Cable Converter
Box: Connect the Cable TV signal to the Cable Signal IN(put)
plug on the Converter.
ANT 75
BASIC ANTENNA AND CABLE CONNECTIONS
Antenna Connection
our homes signal input might
come from a single (75 ohm)
round cable, a Converter Box, or from
an antenna. In either case the connecCombination
tion to the TV is very easy.
VHF/UHF Antenna
1
Y
3.
Active Control, AutoPicture, AutoSound, and Incredible Surround are trademarks of Philips
Consumer Electronics Company. Copyright 2001 Philips Consumer Electronics.*Manufactured
under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories.
Subject
Panel No.
Active Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Antenna/Cable Basic Connection . . .1
Audio/Video Connections
AV1 Input Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Component Video Input Jacks . . . .7
Headphone Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Monitor Output Jacks . . . . . . . . . . .8
S-Video Input Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Side AV Input Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . .5
AutoLock Controls
Access Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Block All Channels . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Block Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Clear All Blocked Channels . . . . .27
Movie Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Other Blocking Options . . . . . . . .30
TV Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Understanding AutoLock . . . . .24
Automatically Programming TV . .13
AutoPicture Control . . . . . . . . . .32
AutoSound Control . . . . . . . . . . .32
Basic Remote Operation . . . . . . . . . .3
Basic Television Operation . . . . . . . .3
PANEL INDEX
EN 6
Directions for Use
3. Directions for Use
Cable Signal IN from the

Cable Company
4
5
1
2
3
TO
TV/VCR
TO
TV/VCR
CABLE
IN
CABLE
IN
IR
IR
USB
USB
AUDIO
L/Mono
VIDEO
SPDIF
IN
Pr
Pb
AV1 in
SPDIF
VIDEO
OUT
S-VIDEO
OPTICAL
SPDIF
ANT 75
Monitor out
AUDIO
Pr
Pb
AV1 in
AV2 in
Monitor out
VIDEO
L/Mono
Pr
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
S-VIDEO
OPTICAL
SPDIF
VIDEO
AUDIO
L/Mono
AV1 in
AV2 in
Pr
Pb
S-VIDEO
Point the remote control

toward the remote sensor window on the TV when operating
the TV with the remote.
Press the CHANNEL UP + or

DOWN button to select TV
channels.
Pressing both buttons at the

same time will display the onscreen menu. Once in the
menu, use these buttons to
make adjustments or selections.
Press the VOLUME + button

to increase the sound level, or
the VOLUME button to
lower the sound level.
Note: You can also press any

button on the front of the TV to
turn the TV ON.
o load the supplied batteries

into the remote:
3. Reattach the battery lid.
2. Place the batteries (2-AA) in

the remote. Be sure the (+) and (-)
ends of the batteries line up correctly (inside of case is marked.)
1. Remove the battery compartment lid on the back of the remote.
REMOTE CONTROL
3
4
1
POWER
CHANNEL
2 3
Remote Sensor - Sensor for

activating remote control commands when the remote is
used to control the TV.
VOLUME
2 3
Battery Lid
2-AA Batteries
Battery Compartment
Back of Remote
Example of Models 27PT5441/37 and 32PT5441/37
Standby Light Indicator - Red light will show

when in the Standby Mode. Press the Power
button to return the TV to its active state.
Example of Models 27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37
BASIC TV AND REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION
Press the POWER button to

turn the TV ON.
L04L AA
ANT 75
Pr
VIDEO
OUT
AV2 in
Pb
IN
Pb
Monitor out
AUDIO IN
AUDIO OUT
TV
PASSCARD
DVD-D OUT
AUDIO IN
AUDIO OUT
TV
PASSCARD
DVD-D OUT
Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):

This connection will be mono.
1
2
Connect the Cable Company
supplied cable to the signal
IN(put) plug on the back of the
Cable Box.
Jack Panel Back of Cable Box
Using a separate round coaxial
cable, connect one end to the
3 75
OUT(put) (TO TV) plug on the
back of the Cable Box.
Connect the other end of the
round coaxial cable to the 751
input on the back of the television. Screw it down finger tight.
Round 751
Jack Panel Back of TV
NOTE: If applicable, set the OUTCoaxial Cable
PUT CHANNEL SWITCH on the
back of the cable box to CH 3 or 4.
Tune the TV to the same channel and
change channels at the cable box. In Cable Box (w/Audio/Video Outputs):
some cases, the cable box will automatically tune to either channel 3 or 4,
change channels until the picture
24
Cable Signal IN
appears.
from the Cable
Cable Box (w/Audio/Video
Company
Outputs):
4 Cable Box with A/V Outputs
This connection will supply Stereo
sound.
Connect the Cable Company
supplied cable to the cable signal IN(put) plug on the back of
the Cable Box.
Audio Cables
Video Cable
Using a RCA type Video Cable,
L (White) & R (Red)
(Yellow)
connect one end of the cable to
the Video (or ANT, your cable
5
box may be labeled differently)
Out jack on the cable box and
the other end to the AV1 Video
6
Input on the TV.
Connect one end of the Audio
Left and Right Cable to the left
and right Audio Out L & R
Jack Panel Back of TV
jacks on the cable box. Connect
the other end to the AV1 Audio L
& R Input jacks on the TV.
NOTE: Use the AV button on the TV
remote control to tune to the AV1
channel for the cable box signal. Once
tuned, change channels at the cable
box, not the television.
tion.
Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):
CABLE BOX CONNECTIONS
f your cable signal uses a cable

Isteps
box or decoder, follow the easy
below to complete the connec-
Directions for Use

3.
EN 7
HELPFUL HINT
With either of the VCRs (or

accessory devices) ON and a prerecorded tape (CD, DVD, etc.)
inserted, press the PLAY button
to view the tape on the television.
Audio and video cables are not supplied with the TV, but are available
from Philips or electronics retailers.
5
6
7
S-VIDEO
OUT
Pr
VIDEO
OUT
S-VIDEO
OUT
R
L
AUDIO OUT
VIDEO
OUT
VCR Two (or accessory

device) (Equipped with
Video and Audio Output Jacks)
ANT/CABLE
OUT
AV2 Connection
Back of VCR
R
L
AUDIO OUT
VCR One (or

accessory device) (Equipped
with Audio and Video Output
Jacks)
ANT/CABLE
OUT
Pb
AV2 in
Audio In
(Red and
White)
Video In
(Yellow)
S-VIDEO
3
4
Press the PLAY button

on the accessory device to
view playback, or to access
the accessory device (camera,
gaming unit, etc.).
Press the AV button on the

remote control to tune the TV
to the side input jacks.
Front will appear on the
TV screen.
Turn the TV and the accessory device ON.
For Mono Devices: Connect

one end of the audio cable
from the Audio Out jack on
the device to the Audio In
(white) jack on the SIDE of
the television.
For Stereo Devices: Connect

the audio cable (red and
white) from the Audio Left
and Right Outputs on the
Camera to the Audio In
(white) jack on the SIDE of
the television.
Connect the video (yellow)

cable from the Video output
on the Camera (or accessory
device) to the Video (yellow)
Input located on the SIDE of
the TV.
3
5
Audio
Cables
Optional
Headphones
1
2
VOL
Jack Panel of Accessory Device
S-VIDEO
AUDIO
VIDEO
Side Jack panel

of TV
AUDIO
VIDEO
LEFT RIGHT
Video
Cable
Front
L04L AA
1
2
3
AV1
Connection
AUDIO
L/Mono
AV1 in
SIDE AV CONNECTIONS
udio and Video Side Inputs are

available for a quick connection of a VCR, to playback video
from a camera, or attach a gaming device. Use the AV button on
the remote control to tune these
inputs.
5
A
3.
VIDEO
Monitor out
Back of TV
AV (AUDIO/VIDEO) INPUT CONNECTION
he TVs audio/video input jacks

are for direct picture and sound
connections between the TV and a
VCR (or similar device) that has
audio/video output jacks. Both the
AV1 and AV2 Input Jack connections
are shown on this page, but either
one can be connected alone. Follow
the easy steps below to connect your
accessory device to the AV1 and AV2
IN Jacks located on the back of the
TV.
Connect the VIDEO (yellow)
cable to the VIDEO AV1 IN (or
AV2 IN) jack on the back of the
TV.
Connect the AUDIO (red and
white) cables to the AUDIO (left
and right) AV1 IN (or AV2 in)
jacks on the rear of the TV.
Connect the VIDEO (yellow)
cable to the VIDEO OUT jack on
the back of the VCR (either one
or two) or accessory device being
used.
Connect the AUDIO (red and
white) cables to the AUDIO (left
and right) OUT jacks on the rear
of the VCR (either one or two) or
accessory device being used.
Turn the VCR (either one or
two) or accessory device and
the TV ON.
Press the AV button to set the
TV to its AV1or AV2 channel.
EN 8
Directions for Use
Turn the VCR and the TV

ON.
3
4
Now your ready to place a prerecorded video tape in the VCR

and press the PLAY button.
2
3
VIDEO
OUT
S-VIDEO
OUT
VOL
S-Video
Cable
ANT/CABLE
OUT
VCR or External
Accessory Device
(with S-Video
Output)
L
R
AUDIO OUT
Audio Cables
(Red &
White)
AV2 in
Pr
Pb
AV1 in
S-VIDEO
HELPFUL HINT
The description for the component video
connectors may differ depending on the
DVD player or accessory digital source
equipment used (for example, Y, Pb, Pr; Y,
B-Y, R-Y; Y, Cr, Cb). Although abbreviations and terms may vary, the letters b and r
stand for the blue and red color component
signal connectors, and Y indicates the luminance signal. Refer to your DVD or digital
accessory owners manual for definitions and
connection details.
3
4
back of digital signal source material, such as with DVD players. The
color difference signals (Pb, Pr) and
the luminance (Y) signal are connected and received separately,
which allows for improved color
bandwidth information (not possible
when using composite video or SVideo connections).
Connect the Component (Y,
Pb, Pr) Video OUT jacks from
the DVD player (or similar
device) to the (Y, Pb, Pr) in(put)
jack on the TV. When using the
Component Video Inputs, it is
best not to connect a signal to the
AV in Video Jack.
Connect the red and white
AUDIO CABLES to the Audio
(left and right) output jacks on
the rear of the accessory device
to the Audio (L and R) AV1 in
Input Jacks on the TV.
Turn the TV and the DVD (or
digital accessory device) ON.
Press the AV button or the
CH + or CH buttons to
scroll the available channels
until CVI appears in the upper
left corner of the TV screen.
Insert a DVD disc into the
DVD player and press the
PLAY button on the DVD
Player.
Component
Video Cables
(Green, Blue,
Red)
Pr
Pb
OUT
S-VIDEO
OUT
VIDEO
VOL
OUT
AUDIO
AV2 in
Pr
Pb
AV1 in
Accessory Device
Equipped with
Component Video
Outputs
COMP VIDEO
AUDIO
L/Mono
VIDEO
Monitor out
Back of TV
S-VIDEO
Audio
Cables
(Red &
White)
The CVI connection will be dominate over the AV1

in Video Input. When a Component Video Device is
connected as described, it is best not to have a video
signal connected to the AV1 in Video Input jack.
COMPONENT VIDEO (CVI) INPUT CONNECTIONS
omponent Video inputs provide

C
for the highest possible color
and picture resolution in the play-
L04L AA
Connect other end of the SVIDEO CABLE to the S-VHS

(S-Video) OUT jack on the back
of the VCR. Then connect the
other ends of the AUDIO (red
and white) CABLES to the
AUDIO (left and right) OUT
jacks on the rear of the VCR.
Press the AV button or the

CH + or CH buttons on the
remote to scroll the channels
until SVHS appears in the upper
left corner of the TV screen.
Connect one end of the SVIDEO CABLE to the SVIDEO jack on the back of the
TV. Then connect one end the
AUDIO (red and white)
CABLES to the AV1 in AUDIO
L and R (left and right) jacks on
the rear of the TV.
NOTE: The accessory device must

have an S-VIDEO OUT(put) jack in
order for you to complete the connection on this page.
AUDIO
L/Mono
VIDEO
Monitor out
Back of TV
S-VIDEO (S-VHS) INPUT CONNECTIONS
he S(uper)-Video connection on
the rear of the TV can provide
you with better picture detail and
clarity for the playback of accessory
sources such as DBS (digital broadcast satellite), DVD (digital video
discs), video games, and S-VHS VCR
(video cassette recorder) tapes than
the normal antenna picture connections.
6
T
Directions for Use

3.
EN 9
MONITOR OUT(PUT) CONNECTIONS
IN
OUT
VIDEO
ANTENNA
IN
ANTENNA
OUT
IN
L AUDIO
OUT
AUDIO
L/Mono
VIDEO
Pr
Pb
AV1 in
AV2 in
PHONO INPUT
AUX/TV INPUT
Monitor out
Pr
Pb
IN
R AUDIO
OUT
S-VIDEO
AV2 in
IN
ANTENNA
IN
ANTENNA
OUT
OUT
VIDEO
S-VIDEO
SLEEP Button
Press the Sleep button to set the TV to
automatically turn itself off after a set
period of time. Press repeatedly to select
15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 180, or 240 minutes.
MUTE Button
Press the mute button to eliminate the
sound being heard from the TV. MUTE
will be displayed on the TVs screen.
Press again to restore the TVs volume to
its previous level. pressing this button for
3-4 seconds will activate the Demo Mode.
(See panel 30 for more details.)
VOL(ume) + or - Buttons
Press the VOL + button to increase the
TVs sound level. Press the VOL button
to decrease the TVs sound level.
CC Button
Press to activate the Closed Captioning
options. Repeatedly pressing the CC button will scroll the available options on the
TV screen.
MENU Button
Press to display the on-screen menu. Also
can be used to back out of the on-screen
menu until it disappears from the TVs
screen.
AUTO SOUND Button

Press repeatedly to choose from different
factory pre-defined sound settings.
Choose from Personal (how you set the
Sound Menu options), Voice (for programming with speaking only), Music
(for musical type programs such as concerts), or Theatre (used when watching
movies).
SMILEY Button
Press to add channels to the
QuadraSurf lists. Works with all colored buttons.
AV Button
Press to select an accessory signal input
from the front AV Inputs.
VOL
L04L AA
AUDIO
L/Mono
AV1 in
Monitor out
VIDEO
REMOTE CONTROL BUTTON DESCRIPTIONS
QUADRASURF Buttons
(Red, Green, Yellow, Blue) Allows you to
store and surf up to 10 channels you
choose for each colored button.
3.
AUDIO SYSTEM CONNECTION:

he Audio/Video (Monitor) Output
jacks are great for recording with
a VCR or used to connect an external audio system for better sound
reproduction.
AUDIO SYSTEM
CONNECTION:
Connect one end of the
R(ight) and L(eft) AUDIO
Back of TV
(Monitor Out) jacks on the TV
to the R and L audio input jacks
Audio Cables
on your amplifier or sound sys(Red and White)
tem. Set the audio systems volume to a normal listening level.
Turn the TV and audio system ON. To adjust the volume
on the audio system, you will
need to change the volume at
the external audio system, not
the television.
SECOND VCR CONNECTION:
NOTE: Refer to panel number 4 for SECOND VCR CONNECTION:
the proper hookup of the first VCR.
Back of TV
Follow the instructions on how to
tune to the AV1 channel to view a
pre-recorded tape.
The following steps allow you to
connect a second VCR to record
the program while your watching
it.
Connect one end of the yellow Video
Audio
Video Cable to the Monitor
Cable
Cables
Out VIDEO plug. Connect the
other end to the VIDEO IN plug
on the second VCR.
Connect one end of the red
and white Audio cable from
the Monitor Out AUDIO L and
R plugs on the TV to the
AUDIO IN plugs on the VCR.
1st VCR
Turn the Second VCR ON,
(refer to panel 4 for
insert a VHS tape and its
proper connection)
2nd VCR with Audio and
ready to record whats being
Video Input Jacks
viewed on the TV screen.
EN 10
Directions for Use
VOL
10
When finished, press the

STATUS/EXIT button to
remove the menu from the
TVs screen.
The Language control only

makes the TVs on-screen Menu
items appear in English, Spanish,
or French text.
It does not change the other onscreen text features such as
Closed Caption (CC) TV shows.
HELPFUL HINT
Press the CURSOR RIGHT

2 button repeatedly to
select English, Francais
(French), or Espaol
(Spanish).
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or

DOWN 4 buttons to scroll
through the Install features until
the word Language is highlighted.

2 button to display the
Install menu features.

though the on-screen menu
until the word Install is highlighted.
Press the MENU button on

the remote control to show the
on-screen menu.
3
4
1
2
2
4
1
VOL
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
3
5
2
4 6
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
Installation
Langue
Mode synt.
Progr. auto.
diter progr.
OR
Instalar
Idioma
Sinton a
Auto Programa
Editar Canal
OR
Install
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
Fran ais
Espa ol
English
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
HOW TO USE THE LANGUAGE CONTROL
or French and Spanish speaking

TV owners an onscreen
Language option is present. With the
Language control you can set the
TVs on-screen menu to be shown in
English, French, or Spanish.
11
F
L04L AA
CLOCK:
Press to display the Timer menu. Within this
menu, set the time, set the TV to tune to a certain channel at a certain time once or daily.
NUMBERED (0-9) Buttons

Press the numbered buttons to select TV channels or to enter certain values within the onscreen menu. For single channel entries, press
the numbered button for the channel you desire.
The TV will pause for a second or two before
changing to the chosen channel.
CH(annel) + or CH(annel)- Buttons

Press to select channels in ascending or
descending order.
3, 4, 1, and 2 Buttons
Press to navigate, select, and adjust controls
within the on-screen menu. Also use the CURSOR 3 or CURSOR 4 to activate or deactivate the EXPAND 4:3 screen formatting control.
STATUS/EXIT Button
Press to display the current channel number. If
the on-screen menu is displayed, press the
Status/Exit button of remove it from the TVs
screen.
AUTO PICTURE Button

Press repeatedly to choose from 5 different factory predefined picture settings. Choose from
Personal (how you set the Picture Menu
Adjustment controls), Movies (for movies),
Sports (for any sporting event), Weak Signal
(used when the signal being received is not
great), or Multimedia (for video games).
FROWNIE Button
Allows you to delete channels from the Quadra
Surf lists for the colored buttons. Works with
all colored buttons.
A/CH Button (Alternate Channel)

Press to toggle between the last viewed channel
and the channel presently being viewed.
POWER Button
Press to turn the TV on or off.
REMOTE CONTROL BUTTON DESCRIPTIONS
Directions for Use

3.
EN 11
5
6

STATUS /EXIT button to
remove the on-screen menu
from the TVs screen.
Press the CURSOR

RIGHT button to select
either Antenna, Cable, or
Auto mode.
Press CURSOR UP 3 or
the Install features until the
words Tuner Mode is highlighted.
Press the CURSOR

RIGHT button to display
the Install menu features.
Press the CURSOR UP 3

or DOWN 4 buttons to
scroll through the on-screen
menu until the word Install
is highlighted.
1
2
4
HELPFUL HINTS
Install
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
OR
Install
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
OR
English
Auto
English
Cable
English
Antenna
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
When CABLE is selected, channels 1125 are available.

When ANTENNA is selected, channels 2-69 are available.
When AUTO is selected, the TV will
automatically set itself to the correct
mode based on the type of signal it
detects when the AUTO PROGRAM
feature is activated.
VOL
6
3
Install
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install

2 button to start the Auto
Program scanning of channels. Auto Programming will
store all available channels
in the TVs memory then
tune to the lowest available
channel when done.
TVs screen.
Press CURSOR UP 3 or
the Install features until the
words Auto Program are
highlighted.

Install menu features.

menu until the word Install
is highlighted.

the remote to show the onscreen menu.
3
4
1
2
Note: Make sure the antenna or

cable signal connection has been
completed before AUTO PROGRAM is activated.
1
2
4
6
3
5
Auto Program
Channel
Auto Program
Channel
Auto Program
Channel
Install
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
HELPFUL HINTS
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
14
13
12
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
When CABLE is selected, channels 1125 are available.

When ANTENNA is selected, channels 2-69 are available.
When AUTO is selected, the TV will
automatically set itself to the correct
mode based on the type of signal it
detects when the AUTO PROGRAM
feature is activated.
VOL
2
4
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
L04L AA
3
4
1
2
2
4
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
AUTOMATICALLY PROGRAM
our TV can automatically set

itself for local area (or Cable
TV) channels. This makes it easy
for you to select only the TV stations in your area when the
CHANNEL (+), () buttons are
pressed.
13
Y
3.

CABLE, or AUTO mode. Its

important for the TV to know
what type of signal to look for
(Cable TV or an Antenna). In the
AUTO mode, when the AUTO
PROGRAM feature is activated,
the TV will automatically choose
the correct mode.
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
HOW TO USE THE TUNER MODE CONTROL
he TUNER MODE control

T
allows you to change the TVs
input signal to either ANTENNA,
12
EN 12
Directions for Use
When finished, press the STATUS/EXIT button to remove the

menu from the screen.
Now use the CURSOR RIGHT 2

to toggle between On or Off. If
ON is selected the channels is
skipped when scrolling channels
with the CH+ or CH- buttons. If
OFF is selected the channels is not
skipped when scrolling channels
with the CH+ or CH- buttons.
Using the CURSOR DOWN 4

button, scroll the menu to highlight
the word SKIPPED.
With the Channel Edit options

displayed, and Channel highlighted; you can use the cursor buttons to
scroll through all available channels
that you wish to add (skipped OFF)
or delete (Skipped ON) from the
TVs memory. You can also use the
NUMBERED buttons to go directly
to a specific numbered channel that
you want to add or skip. Or, you can
also use the CH+ or CH- to quickly
scan through the channels that have
not been skipped.
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2

button to display the Channel Edit
options.

DOWN 4 buttons to scroll through
the Install features until the words
Channel Edit are highlighted.

button to display the Install menu
features.

DOWN 4 buttons to scroll though
the on-screen menu until the word
Install is highlighted.
1
6
2
4
7
6
VOL
On
Off
Channel Edit
Channel
Skipped
12
Channel
Skipped
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
Channel Edit
Channel
Skipped
Channel Edit
Channel
Skipped
Install
Language
Tuner Mode
Auto Program
Channel Edit
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
An X appearing in front of
any channel will indicate that
channel has skip on. When the
CH + or CH - buttons are used,
those channels will be skipped.
HELPFUL HINTS
2
4 9
3
5
8
6
6
8
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
DNR Control - Press the

CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT
1 buttons to turn DNR On or
Off. Dynamic Noise Reduction
helps to eliminate noise from
the picture.
Contrast + Control - Press the
1 buttons to toggle the control
On or OFF. The Contrast + control helps to sharpen the picture quality. The black portions
of the picture become richer in
darkness and the whites become
brighter.
Color Temp Control - Press

the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or
LEFT 1 buttons to select
Normal, Cool, or Warm picture
preferences. (Normal will keep
the whites, white; Cool will
make the whites, bluish; and
Warm will make the whites, reddish.)
Tint Control - Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1

buttons to obtain natural skin
tones.
Sharpness Control - CURSOR

RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons
to improve detail in the picture.
Picture Control - Press the

1 buttons until lightest parts of
the picture show good detail.
Color Control - Press the

1 buttons to add or eliminate
color.
2
3
4
5
6
Brightness Control - Press the

1 buttons until the darkest
parts of the picture are as bright
as you prefer.
Contrast +
DNR
Color Temp.
Tint
Sharpness
Off
On
Off
On
Normal
Warm
or
Cool
50
50
Picture
65
50
50
Color
Brightness
Picture
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
Color Temp.
PICTURE MENU CONTROLS
o adjust your TV picture controls,

select a channel and use the
T
Picture Menu Controls listed below:
15
L04L AA
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
Press the MENU button on the

remote control to show the onscreen menu.
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
CHANNEL EDIT
hannel Edit makes it easy for you to

C
ADD or DELETE channels from the
list of channels stored in the TVs memory.
14
Directions for Use

3.
EN 13
Bass: Press the CURSOR

to adjust the control. The control
will enhance the low frequency
sounds.
AVL: (Auto Volume Leveler)

or LEFT 1 buttons to turn the
control On or Off. When On, AVL
will level out the sound being
heard when sudden changes in
volume occur during commercial
breaks or channel changes.
Incr. Surround: Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or LEFT 1 buttons to select between Dolby
Virtual or Stereo settings (If
Stereo), or select Spatial or Mono
(If Mono).
SAP: Press the CURSOR

to toggle this control to On or Off.
SAP is short for Secondary Audio
Programming and is sent as a
third audio channel, a SAP signal
can be heard apart from the current TV program sound.Note: If
SAP is not present on a selected
show No SAP will appear on the
screen.
Sound: Press the CURSOR

to select between Stereo or Mono
settings. Note: If Stereo is not
present on a selected show and the
TV is placed in the Stereo mode,
the sound coming from the TV
will remain in the Mono mode.
3
L
Sound
Mono
or Stereo
On
or Off
Dolby Virtual
or Stereo
Incr. Surround
SAP
Spatial
or Mono
On
or Off
Incr. Surround
AVL
50
Bass
Balance
50
Treble
Treble
Bass
Balance
AVL
Incr. Surround
More...

DOWN 4 buttons to select
one of the two options 4:3 or
Expand 4:3.
4:3 - Standard format for the
TV.
Expand 4:3 - Enlarges the
picture to fill out the entire
screen area, eliminating the
letter box effect.
mat. This is the format that is

shown in movie theaters. when
shown on a TV screen, the image
will have areas of black on top and
bottom of the screen.
VOL
Expand 4:3
4:3
L04L AA
Balance: Press the CURSOR

to adjust the level of sound coming from the left and right speakers.
Treble: Press the CURSOR

to adjust the control. The control
will enhance the high frequency
sounds.
HOW TO USE THE 4:3 EXPAND FORMAT CONTROL
any times while watching

M
movies from a DVD player the
image is shown in letter box for-
17
3.
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
SOUND MENU CONTROLS
o adjust your TV sound, select and

T
use the Sound Menu Controls listed
below:
16
EN 14
Directions for Use


2 or CURSOR LEFT 1
buttons to change the AM or
PM setting.
Enter the correct time by

using the Numbered buttons.

Timer menu.

Features menu.

through the on-screen menu
until the word Features is
highlighted.
VOL
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
HELPFUL HINTS
3
4
6
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
10:35 PM
10:35 AM
10:-- AM
--:-- AM
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
Remember, be sure to press 0 and

then the hour number for single digit
entries.
You can get to the Clock setting by
pressing the Clock button on the
remote control.
The TVs clock settings may be lost
when the TV is unplugged or when AC
power to the set is interrupted.
1
6
2
5
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...


2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons to change the AM or PM
setting.
Enter the correct time by

using the Numbered buttons.

through the Timer menu until
Start Time or Stop Time is
highlighted.

2 button to display the Timer
menu.

Features menu.

highlighted.

NOTE: Active Control will only

appear in the menu of models
27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
NOTE: The Activate Control must

be set to Once or Daily for the television to turn On or Off at the specified time. See panel 21 for more
details.
6
7
8
3
4
5
1
2
the same time everyday. Follow

the steps below to set the Start and
Stop Time.
1
7
2
5
6
3
4
7
2
5 8
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
10:-- AM
Timer
Time
Start Time
10:35 PM
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
10:35 PM
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
10:35 AM
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
10:35 AM
Channel
Activate
Display
--:-- AM
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display Timer
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
HELPFUL HINTS
entries.
remote control.
when the TV is unplugged or when
AC power to the set is interrupted.
VOL
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
SETTING TV TO TURN ON OR OFF USING START OR STOP CONTROLS
ou can set your TV to turn itself

on or off. You can set the TV to
Y
turn itself On or Off once or at
19
L04L AA

27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
3
4
5
6
7
1
2

on the screen when the

STATUS/EXIT button is pressed or
if the Timer Display control is
turned On.
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
TV CLOCK USING THE TIMER CONTROL
our television comes with an

on-screen clock. During norY
mal operation, the clock appears
ETTING THE
18 S
Directions for Use

3.
EN 15

27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display

entries.
remote control.
when the TV is unplugged or when
AC power to the set is interrupted.
3
4
6
6
10:-- AM
HELPFUL HINTS
VOL
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo

NOTE: The Activate Control must

be set to Once or Daily for this
Channel control to take effect.
Press the Numbered buttons

to enter the desired start-up
channel. Or, press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 or CURSOR
LEFT 1 or the CH+ or CHbuttons repeatedly to enter the
start-up channel you want.

through the Timer menu until
Channel is highlighted.
With Timer selected, press the

CURSOR RIGHT 2 button
to display the Timer menu.
1
6
2
5
6
2
5
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove

the on-screen menu from the
TVs screen.

or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons
repeatedly to select Once, Daily,
or Off.

CURSOR DOWN 4 buttons
to highlight the Activate
Control.

button to display the Timer
menu.

until the word Timer is highlighted.

button to display the Features
menu.

until the word Features is highlighted.
Press the MENU button on the

remote to show the on-screen
menu.

27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
5
6
7
8
3
4
1
2
come on Once or Daily, or turned Off

through the Activate control.
1
7
2
4
6
2
4
6
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
3
5
7
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
OR
OR
Once
Daily
Off
10:-- AM
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
HELPFUL HINTS
Remember, before setting the Timer controls, the TVs clock must be set to the
correct time, see panel 18 for details.
The TVs clock settings may be lost when
the TV is unplugged or when AC power
to the set is interrupted.
You can get to the Clock setting by pressing the Clock button on the remote control.
VOL
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
L04L AA

Features menu.

highlighted.
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
ACTIVATE CONTROL
fter you have set the Time, Start

A
Time, Stop Time, and Start
Channel, the timer must be set to
21
3.
3
4
5
6
1
2

Follow these steps to select the

channel.
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
TV TO STARTUP ON A SPECIFIC CHANNEL
ou can select a specific channel

Y
that the television will tune to
when the timer turns the set On.
ETTING
20 S
EN 16
Directions for Use

2 or CURSOR LEFT 1 buttons repeatedly to select On
or Off.


CURSOR DOWN 4 buttons
to highlight the Display
Control.
With Timer highlighted,

press the CURSOR RIGHT
Timer menu.

until the word Timer is highlighted.

Features menu.

highlighted.

3
4
1
2
1
7
2
4
6
VOL
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
3
5
7
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Timer
Time
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
OR
Off
On
10:-- AM
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo

27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
2
4
6
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
VIEW TIME USING THE DISPLAY CONTROL
fter the TVs clock has been

set, you can use your TV as a
clock. The Display control allows
you to permanently display the
time in the upper right corner of
the screen.
OW TO
22 H

2 or CURSOR LEFT 1
buttons to toggle the Active
Control On or Off.

repeatedly until Active
Control is highlighted.

Features menu.

menu until the word
Features is highlighted.
3
4
1
2

1
5
2
4
VOL
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
3
5
Features
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
OR
Features
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
Off
On
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo

27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37.
2
4
Brightness
Color
Picture
Sharpness
Tint
More...
ACTIVE CONTROL OPTIONS
he Active Control monitors

and adjusts incoming video
signals to help provide the best
picture quality.
When you choose to turn the
Active Control On, the picture
sharpness and noise reduction are
controlled automatically. Active
Control adjusts these picture settings continuously and automatically.
NOTE: Active Control is only
available in models 27PT6441/37
and 27PT6442/37.
23
Directions for Use

L04L AA
3.
EN 17
TV-MA -- This program is specifically

designed to be viewed by adults and therefore may be unsuitable for children under
17. This type of programming contains one
or more of the following: graphic violence
(V), explicit sexual situations (S), or crude
indecent language (L).
TV-14 -- This program contains some

material that many parents would find
unsuitable for children under 14 years of
age. This type of programming contains
one or more of the following: intense violence (V), intense sexual situations (S),
strong coarse language (L), or intensely
suggestive dialogue (D).
Access Code
----
1
VOL
2
4
Confirm Code
XXXX
2
4
OffStop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
New Code
----
Access Code
XXXX
Timer
Start Time
Stop Time
Channel
Activate
Display
3
5
6
7
AutoLock
Block Channel
Setup Code
Clear All
Block All
Movie Rating
TV Rating
Features
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
Features
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
Features
Timer
Rotation
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
NOTE: Active Control will only appear

in the menu of models 27PT6441/37 and
27PT6442/37.
Features
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
Features
Timer
Access Code
AutoLock
XXXX
Active Control
Incorrect
Digi. Pic. Demo
Features
Timer
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
Timer
Rotation
AutoLock
Active Control
Digi. Pic. Demo
L04L AA
TV RATINGS
TV-Y -- Designed for a very young audience, including children ages 2-6.
TV-Y7 -- It may be appropriate for children age 7 and above who have acquired
the development skills needed to distinguish between make-believe and reality.
TV-G -- Suitable for most audiences, this
type of programming contains little or no
violence, no strong language, and little or
no sexual dialogue or situations.
TV-PG -- This program contains material
that parents may find unsuitable for
younger children. Could contain Moderate
violence (V), some sexual situations (S),
infrequent coarse language (L), or some
suggestive dialogue (D).
1
2
3
4
5
6
the rating terms for certain programming.

First, lets start by learning how to
set a personal access code:
the remote to display the onscreen menu.
DOWN 4 buttons until the
word Features is highlighted.
Features menu options.
words Auto Lock are highlighted.
2 button. The screen will
read, Access Code - - - - .
Using the NUMBERED buttons, enter 0, 7, 1, 1.
XXXX appears on the
Access Code screen as you
press the numbered buttons.
Incorrect Code will appear
on the screen, and you will
need to enter 0, 7, 1, 1 again.
The screen will ask you to
enter a New Code. Enter a
new 4 digit code using the
NUMBERED buttons. The
screen will then ask you to
CONFIRM the code you just
entered. Enter your new code
again. XXXX will appear
when you enter your new code
and then display the
AutoLock menu options.
Proceed to the next panel to learn
more...
Main
Picture
Sound
Features
Install
SETTING UP AN ACCESS CODE
ver the next few panels youll

O
learn how to block channels
and get a better understanding of
25
3.
MOVIE RATINGS
G: General Audience - All ages admitted. Most parents would find this program suitable for all ages.
PG: Parental Guidance Suggested This programming contains material that
parents may find unsuitable for younger
children.
PG-13: Parents Strongly Cautioned This programming contains material that
parents may find unsuitable for children
under the age of 13.
gram providers, that contain program

content advisories. When programmed
by the viewer, a TV with AutoLock can
respond to the content advisories and
block program content that may be found
objectionable (such as offensive language, violence, sexual situations, etc.).
This is a great feature to censor the type
of viewing children may watch.
AutoLock offers various BLOCKING controls from which to choose:
Access Code - An Access Code must be
set to prevent children from unblocking
questionable or censored programming
set by their parents.
Channel Block - After an access code
has been programmed, you can block
individual channels including the A/V
inputs.
Clear All - Allows you clear all channels
being blocked from your viewing set
with the Channel Block Control.
Block All - Allows you to block ALL
channels and A/V inputs at one time.
Movie Ratings - Certain blocking
options exist which will block programming based on ratings patterned by the
Motion Pictures Association of America.
TV Ratings - Just like the Movie
Ratings, programs can be blocked from
viewing using standard TV ratings set by
TV broadcasters.
MOVIE RATINGS Continued

R: Restricted - This is programming is
specifically designed for adults. Anyone
under the age of 17 should only view this
programming with an accompanying parent or adult guardian.
NC-17: No one under the age of 17 will
be admitted. - This type of programming
should be viewed by adults only.
X: Adults Only - This type of programming contains one or more of the following: very graphic violence, very graphic
and explicit or indecent sexual acts, very
coarse and intensely suggestive language.
UNDERSTANDING AUTOLOCK CONTROLS
he AutoLock feature is an integrated circuit that receives and processes

T
data sent by broadcasters, or other pro-
24
EN 18
Directions for Use
Press the CH + or CH button to select other channels

you wish to block. Repeat
steps 2-3 to block the new
channel.

screen.
NOTE: If you ever forget your

code, the 0, 7, 1, 1 code is the factory default and can be used to
enter and create a new access code.

2 button to turn blocking
ON or OFF for that channel.
When ON is selected the
channel will be blocked.

words Block Channel are
highlighted.
VOL
Channel 12
Blocked By AutoLock
Channel Blocking
Access Code
----
Block Channel
AutoLock
Block Channel
Setup Code
Clear All
Block All
Movie Rating
TV Rating
BLOCK CHANNELS
fter your personal access code

has been set (see previous
page), you are now ready to select
the channels or the A/V Inputs you
want to block out or censor.
Once youve entered your access
code and the AutoLock features
are displayed on the screen:
26
A
Enter your
Access Code to
view a tuned
channel that is
blocked with
Block Channel.
2
3
1 4
On
OffStop Time
Channel
Activate
Display

screen.
If Block All is selected, press

the CURSOR RIGHT 2
button to turn the control On
or Off. When On is selected,
ALL available channels will
be blocked from viewing.
If Clear All is selected, press

the CURSOR RIGHT 2
button to clear all blocked
channels. All channels will be
viewable.

either Clear All or Block All.

enter and create a new access
code.
VOL
Block All
AutoLock
Block Channel
Setup Code
Clear All
Block All
Movie Rating
TV Rating
Clear All
AutoLock
Block Channel
Setup Code
Clear All
Block All
Movie Rating
TV Rating
1 3
On
Off
Cleared
Clear ?Stop Time

Channel
Activate
Display
BLOCK/CLEAR ALL CHANNELS AT THE SAME TIME
fter blocking specific channels

there may come a time when
you want to block or clear all the
channels at the same time.
27
A
Directions for Use

L04L AA
3.
EN 19

enter and create a new access
code.
When a rating level is chosen to be

blocked, any higher level rating
will also be blocked from viewing.
(i.e.: If R is selected to be
blocked, NC-17 and X will automatically be blocked.)
Use the CURSOR RIGHT 2

button on the remote to turn
the rating option On or Off.

DOWN 4 buttons to highlight any of the Movie Rating
options. When highlighted,
all these options can be
turned On (which will allow
blocking) or Off (which will
allow viewing).
1
3
VOL
Movie Rating
G
PG
PG-13
R
NC-17
X
1
3
Off
2
4
On
TV-G, TV-PG, TV-14, or TVMA).

DOWN 4 buttons to highlight any of the TV Rating
options. When highlighted, all
these options can be turned On
(which will allow blocking) or
Off (which will allow viewing).
NOTE: Some TV RATING options
also have sub-ratings. The ratings of
TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14, TV-MA can
be customized to block V (violence),
FV (fantasy violence), S (sexual situations), L (coarse language), or D (suggestive dialogue).
2 button on the remote to turn
the TV-Y or TV-G rating On or
Off. Or, press the CURSOR
RIGHT 2 button to enter the
sub-menus for the TV-Y7, TVPG, TV-14 or TV-MA ratings.
If the TV-Y7, TV-PG, TV-14 or
TV-MA sub-menu is accessed,
press the CURSOR UP 3 or
one of the options (Block All, V,
S, L, D, or FV).
2 button on the remote to
turn the option ON or OFF.
1
2
Block All, V, S, L
TV-MA
VOL
Block All, V, S, L, D
TV-14
2
4
6
Block All, V, S, L, D
TV-PG
1
3
5
Off
1
3
5
On
Block All, FV
Off
TV-G
TV-Y7
TV-Y
TV Rating
TV-Y
TV-Y7
TV-G
TV-PG
TV-14
TV-MA
TV RATINGS
L04L AA

Movie Rating options (G,
PG, PG-13, R, NC17, or X).

DOWN 4 buttons to highlight the words Movie Rating.
G
PG
PG-13
R
NC-17
X
he AutoLock feature can

block programming based on the
TV Industry ratings.
DOWN 4 buttons to highlight the words TV Rating.
2 button to display the TV
Rating options (TV-Y, TV-Y7,
29
3.
1
2
AutoLock
Block Channel
Setup Code
Clear All
Block All
Movie Rating
TV Rating
MOVIE RATINGS
he AutoLock feature can

block programming based on
the Movie Industry ratings.
28
EN 20
Directions for Use
Note: You can also turn the Digital Picture

Demo On or Off by using on-screen menu.
Press the MUTE button on the remote

approximately 3-4 seconds. The split
screen demo appears. After 20 seconds,
the TV will automatically reurn to normal operation.
sharper image with more natural motion.
VOL
DEMO MODE
When highlighted, each feature can be

turned On or Off using the CURSOR
RIGHT 2 or the CURSOR LEFT 1
buttons on the remote.
ith Demo Mode On, a split screen demo

W
will be shown on the screen. The Demo
Mode will show the right side wih show a
3
4
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN

4 buttons to highlight the desired feature.
Press the CURSOR RIGHT 2 button to

display the Blocking Options (Blocking,
Unrated, or No Rating) menu.
Blocking: Might be called the master
switch for AutoLock. When On, ALL
blocking/censoring will take place. When Off,
ALL blocking is disabled.
Unrated: ALL unrated programs based on the
Movie Ratings or Parental (TV) Guidelines
can be blocked if this feature is set to On and
the Blocking feature is set to OFF.
No Rating: ALL programming with NO content advisory data can be blocked if set to On
and the Blocking feature is set to OFF.
1
2
Press the CURSOR UP 3 or DOWN

4 buttons until the words Block
Options are highlighted.
OFF.
Once youve entered your access code and
the AutoLock features are displayed on the
screen:
1
3
VOL
On
No Rating
On
Unrated
2
4
Digi. Pic. Demo
1
3
On
Blocking
AutoLock
Setup Code
Clear All
Block All
Movie Rating
TV Rating
Block Options
BLOCKING OPTIONS
utoLock offers the viewer other blocking features as well. With these Blocking
A
Options, the censoring can be turned ON or
30
1
2
VOL
Press the SLEEP button

repeatedly to pick the amount
of time (15, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120,
180, or 240 minutes) before the
TV will turn itself off.
1
2
NOTE: An on-screen count down

will appear during the last minute
before the TV shuts itself off. If any
button is pressed during the last
minute of the countdown, the
Sleeptimer setting will be cancelled.
Press the SLEEP button on

the remote control and the
SLEEP timer display will
appear on the screen.
1
2
VOL
SLEEPTIMER
When finished, press the STATUS /EXIT button to remove

the menu from the TVs screen.
Press the CC button repeatedly to choose from the four

Closed Caption options (CC
Off, CC1, CC2, CC Mute).
our TV can be set to automatically turn itself off at a given

amount of time.
1
2
Press the CC button on the

remote to display the current
Closed Caption setting.
Sleep 15
CC Off
CLOSED CAPTIONING
losed Captioning (CC) allows

you to read the voice content of
television programs on the TV
screen. Designed to help the hearing impaired, this feature uses onscreen text boxes to show dialogue and conversations while the
TV program is in progress.
31
C
Sleep off
L04L AA
Sleep 240
Sleep 180
Sleep 120
Sleep 90
Sleep 60
Sleep 45
Sleep 30
Sleep 15
CC Mute
CC2
CC1
CC Off
Directions for Use

3.
EN 21
Press the AUTO SOUND

button repeatedly to toggle
between the four settings.
(Personal, Theatre, Music, or
Voice)
NOTE: The way you choose to set

the Sound Menu Controls will
become your Personal setting.
Press the AUTO SOUND

button on the remote control.
The current Auto Sound setting will appear in the middle
of the screen.
he Auto Sound feature allows

the listener to select between
four different factory set sound
options.
1
2
1
2
VOL
Personal
AUTO SOUND
VOL
Sports
Voice - Preset sound options

for programming where heavy
dialogue is present.
Music- Preset sound options

for musical programming
where there is little dialogue.
Dynamic Ultra Bass is included in this option.
Theatre - Preset sound

options for watching movies.
Dynamic Ultra Bass is included in this option.
Voice
Music
Theatre
Movies - Preset picture options

for watching Video Tapes, or
DVDs.
Sports - Preset picture options
for watching sporting events.
Weak Signal - Preset picture
options for watching programs
where the reception is not at its
best.
Multimedia - Preset picture
options for use with video gaming.
Multimedia
Weak Signal
To remove a channel from one of

the SURF lists;
Press the COLORED
Quadra Surf button until the
desired channel appears. The
screen will display the channel
number with a colored
Smiley face to indicate the
Colored button it relates to.
While the Smiley face
channel indicator is displayed, press the FROWNIE
face button. The screen
will read, Remove item? Press .
Press the FROWNIE
face
button again to confirm your
decision to remove the channel
from the Surf list.
Repeat steps 4-6 to remove other
channels from Surf lists.
1
2
3
3
4
VOL
12
12
5
6
12
Added!
Remove Item? - Press
12
Select List!
L04L AA
NOTE: The way you choose to set

the Picture Menu Controls will
become your Personal setting.
Press the AUTO PICTURE

button repeatedly to select
either Personal, Movies,
Sports, Weak Signal, or MULTIMEDIA picture settings.
Movies
12
QUADRASURF
he QuadraSurf control allows

you set up four different personal channel Surf lists using the colored buttons (on the remote control), each holding up to ten channels in its quick viewinglist.
Press the CHANNEL (+) or
() buttons (or the NUMBER
buttons) to select a channel to
add to one of the SURF lists.
Press the SMILEY
button
on the remote control to ADD
the channel to one of the SURF
lists.
Press the corresponding COLORED (Red, Green, Yellow or
Blue) button to add the channel
to that buttons Surf list. (Up to
ten channels per button can be
stored.)
Repeat steps 1 through 3 to add
additional channels (up to 10) to
each of the the SURF lists.
33
3.
Press the AUTO PICTURE

button on the remote control.
The current Auto Picture setting will be displayed on the
screen.
Personal
AUTO PICTURE
hether youre watching a

movie or a sporting event,
your TV has automatic video control settings matched for your current program source or content.
32
W
EN 22
Directions for Use
4
5
41
12
56
99
1
2
3
VOL
35
12
Remove Item? - Press
39
10
QUADRASURF
he Quadra Surf buttons on your

remote control allow you to store
up to 10 channels per button (40
total). You can even program the
A/V Input channels for each button
making them a source button.
Assuming channels have now been
added to the four Quadra Surf lists
(the four colored buttons, see the
previous page), lets review how the
feature works.
Press one of the pre-programmed COLORED buttons
on the remote (Red, Green,
Yellow or Blue). The screen
will display a smiley face with
the first programmed channel
for that surf list.
While the colored smiley
face still appears on the
screen, press the same COLORED button on the remote to
tune the second channel programmed for that specific surf
list.
Repeatedly pressing the same
COLORED button while the
smiley face appears will tune
all the programmed channels.
Pressing the COLORED button
again will return you to the first
channel in the list.
If the smiley face disappears from
the screen and the same COLORED
button is pressed, the surf channels
will be displayed starting with the
FIRST programmed channel again.
Repeat steps 1-3 for the other
three COLORED buttons (Surf
lists) if desired.
Any time the smiley face
appears with the channel number, pressing the frownie
face button will allow you to
remove it from the list (see the
previous page for more details).
34
28
22
18
TROUBLESHOOTING
TV Displays Wrong Channel or No Channels Above 13

Repeat channel selection.
Add the desired channel numbers (using the CHANNEL EDIT control) into
the TVs memory.
Check to be sure the TUNER MODES are set to the CABLE option and run
the Auto Program feature to find all available channels.
Remote Does Not Work

Check the batteries. If necessary, replace them with AA Heavy Duty (Zinc
Chloride) or Alkaline batteries.
Clean the remote control and the remote control sensor window on the TV.
Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds, then reinsert
the plug into the outlet and push the POWER button again.
Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is being used.
Check to be sure the TV outlet is not on a wall switch.
No Sound
Check the VOLUME buttons.
Check the MUTE button on the remote control.
If youre attempting to hook up auxiliary equipment, check the audio jack
connections located on the front of the TV.
No Picture
Check antenna connections. Are they properly secured to the TV's ANT
751 plug?
Check the TUNER MODE control for the correct tuner setting.
Try running the Auto Program feature to find all available channels.
Press the AV button on the remote to make sure the correct signal source is
selected (FRONT or Current Channel).
No Power
Check the TV power cord. Unplug the TV, wait 10 seconds, then reinsert
the plug into the outlet and push the POWER button again.
Check that the outlet is not on a wall switch.
Be sure the fuse is not blown on the AC power strip, if one is being used.
35
Directions for Use

L04L AA
3.
EN 23
EN 24
4.
L04L AA
Mechanical Instructions
4. Mechanical Instructions
1. Disconnect the degaussing coil [1].
2. Release the two fixation clamps (at the mid left and mid
right side of the bracket), and remove the bracket from the
bottom tray, by pulling it backwards [2].
3. Turn the chassis tray 90 degrees counter clockwise.
4. Move the panel bracket somewhat to the left and flip it 90
degrees [3], with the components towards the CRT.
5. Turn the panel bracket with the rear I/O toward the CRT.
6. Place the hook of the tray in the fixation hole of the cabinet
bottom [4] and secure it.
Index of this chapter:

1. Set Disassembly
2. Service Position
3. Assy/Panel Removal
4. Set Re-assembly
Note: Figures below can deviate slightly from the actual
situation, due to different set executions.
4.1
Set Disassembly
Warning: Be sure to disconnect the AC power from the set
before opening it.
4.1.1
4.3
Assy/Panel Removal
4.3.1
Front Interface Assy/Panel
Rear Cover
1. Remove all fixation screws of the rear cover (Note: Do not
forget the screws that hold the rear connection panel).
2. Pull the rear cover backwards to remove it.
4.2
Service Position
1
1
Before placing the Mono Carrier in its service position, remove

the Front Interface assy/panel (see paragraph Front Interface
Assy/Panel) and the Side AV assy/panel (see paragraph Side
AV Assy/Panel).
3
3
E_14480_049.eps
110204
Figure 4-2 Front interface assy/panel removal

1. Remove the complete module from the bottom plate, by
pulling the two fixation clamps upward [1], while sliding the
module away from the CRT [2]. Note: these clamps are
difficult to access.
2. Release the two fixation clamps [3] at the side of the
bracket, and lift the panel out of the bracket (it hinges at
one side).
4.3.2
Side AV Assy/Panel
E_14480_050.eps
170204
Figure 4-3 Side AV assy/panel removal
E_14480_048.eps
110204
Figure 4-1 Service position Mono Carrier
1. Remove the two fixation screws, and remove the complete

Side AV assembly.
2. Release the two fixation clamps, and lift the panel out of the
bracket.
Mechanical Instructions
4.3.3

Remove the LTI/CTI Interface panel from the Mono Carrier, by
disconnecting it from connector 1212.
4.3.4
Top Control Assy/Panel

1. Remove the two fixation screws.
2. Push the assy a little bit upwards, and then pull it
backwards to release it from the front hinge.
3. Lift the panel from its bracket, while releasing the two
fixation clamps. The panel hinges on the other side.
4.3.5
Linearity Assy/Panel
1
1
E_14480_051.eps
270204
Figure 4-4 Linearity assy/panel removal

1. Release the two fixation clamps [1] to lift the panel out of
the bracket [2].
4.4
Set Re-assembly
To re-assemble the whole set, do all processes in reverse
order.
Note: before you mount the rear cover, perform the following
checks:
Check whether the AC power cord is mounted correctly in
its guiding brackets.
Check whether all cables are replaced in their original
position
L04L AA
4.
EN 25
EN 26
5.
L04L AA
Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding
5. Service Modes, Error Codes, and Fault Finding

5.2.1

1. Test Points
2. Service Modes
3. Problems and Solving Tips (related to CSM)
4. ComPair
5. Error Codes
6. The Blinking LED Procedure
7. Protections
8. Fault Finding and Repair Tips
5.1
Purpose
To create a predefined setting for measurements to be
made.
To override software protections.
To start the blinking LED procedure.
Test Points
This chassis is equipped with test points in the service printing.
In the schematics test points are identified with a rectangle box
around Fxxx or Ixxx. These test points are specifically
mentioned in the Test Point Overview as half moons with a
dot in the center.
Table 5-1 Test point overview

Test point
Circuit
Diagr.
F508, F535, F536, F537, F552, F561, F563, F573, F664, Power supply
I513, I518, I519, I524, I531, I533, I546
A1
F401, F412, F413, F414, F418, F452, F453, F455, F456, Line & Frame
F458, F459, F460, F461, I408, I416, I417, I420, I462,
Deflection
I468
A2
F003, F004, I001, I002
A3
Tuner IF
F201, F203, F205, F206
Hercules
A4
F240, F241, F242
Features &
Connectivities
A5
F952, F955, I951, I952
Audio Amplifier
A7
F692
Front Control
A9
F331, F332, F333, F338, F339, F341, F351, F353, F354 CRT Panel
B1
F361, F362, F381, F382
B2
ECO Scavem
Perform measurements under the following conditions:

Television set in Service Default Alignment Mode.
Video input: Color bar signal.
Audio input: 3 kHz left channel, 1 kHz right channel.
5.2
Service Default Mode (SDM)
Specifications
Tuning frequency: 61.25 MHz (channel 3).
Color system: NTSC M.
All picture settings at 50% (brightness, color contrast, hue).
Bass, treble and balance at 50 %; volume at 25 %.
All service-unfriendly modes (if present) are disabled. The
service unfriendly modes are:
Timer / Sleep timer.
Child / parental lock.
Blue mute.
Hotel / hospital mode.
Auto shut off (when no IDENT video signal is
received for 15 minutes).
Skipping of non-favorite presets / channels.
Auto-storage of personal presets.
Auto user menu time-out.
Auto Volume Leveling (AVL).
How to enter
To enter SDM, use one of the following methods:
Press the following key sequence on the remote control
transmitter: 062596 directly followed by the MENU button
(do not allow the display to time out between entries while
keying the sequence).
Short jumper wires 9252 and 9275 on the family board (see
Fig. 8-1) and apply AC power. Then press the power button
(remove the short after start-up). Caution: Entering SDM
by shorting wires 9252 and 9275 will override the +8Vprotection. Do this only for a short period. When doing this,
the service-technician must know exactly what he is doing,
as it could damage the television set.
Or via ComPair.
After entering SDM, the following screen is visible, with SDM in
the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the
television is in Service Default Alignment Mode.
Service Modes
Service Default mode (SDM) and Service Alignment Mode
(SAM) offers several features for the service technician, while
the Customer Service Mode (CSM) is used for communication
between the call center and the customer.
This chassis also offers the option of using ComPair, a
hardware interface between a computer and the TV chassis. It
offers the abilities of structured troubleshooting, error code
reading, and software version readout for all chassis.
Minimum requirements for ComPair: a Pentium processor, a
Windows OS, and a CD-ROM drive (see also paragraph
"ComPair").
00028 L04L 0.12

SDM
ERR 0 0 0 0 0
OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000
Table 5-2 Software cluster overview

SW Cluster
L4LLS1
SW name
L4LLS1_x.y
UOC Type
Features
TDA12040H1/N1B501AO
CC+BTSC
TDA12040H1/N1B511AP
CC+BTSC+CMB+DW
L4= Chassis name, L= Large Screen, L= LATAM, S= Stereo dBx, 1= Language

Cluster, x.y= Software Version.
CC= Closed Caption, BTSC= Broadcast Television Systems Committee, CMB=
Comb Filter, DW = Double Window
E_14480_066.eps
240304
Figure 5-1 SDM menu

How to navigate
Use one of the following methods:
When you press the MENU button on the remote control,
the set will switch on the normal user menu in the SDM
mode.
On the TV, press and hold the VOLUME DOWN and press
the CHANNEL DOWN for a few seconds, to switch from
SDM to SAM and reverse.
How to exit
Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on
the remote control transmitter or the television set.
If you turn the television set off by removing the AC power (i.e.,
unplugging the television) without using the POWER button,
the television set will remain in SDM when AC power is reapplied, and the error buffer is not cleared.
5.2.2
Service Alignment Mode (SAM)

Purpose
To change option settings.
To display / clear the error code buffer.
To perform alignments.
Specifications
Operation hours counter (maximum five digits displayed).
Software version, Error codes, and Option settings display.
Error buffer clearing.
Option settings.
AKB switching.
Software alignments (Tuner, White Tone, Geometry &
Audio).
NVM Editor.
ComPair Mode switching.
How to enter
To enter SAM, use one of the following methods:
Press the following key sequence on the remote control
transmitter: 062596" directly followed by the OSD/
STATUS button (do not allow the display to time out
between entries while keying the sequence).
Or via ComPair.
After entering SAM, the following screen is visible, with SAM in
the upper right corner of the screen to indicate that the
television is in Service Alignment Mode.
00028 L04L 0.12

ERR 0 0 0 0 0
SAM
OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000

. Clear
. Options
. AKB
. Tuner
. White Tone
. Geometry
. Audio
. NVM Editor
. ComPair
Clear ?
On
on
E_14480_067.eps
240304
Figure 5-2 SAM menu
L04L AA
5.
EN 27
Menu explanation
1. LLLLL. This represents the run timer. The run timer counts
normal operation hours, but does not count standby hours.
2. AAABCD-x.y. This is the software identification of the
main microprocessor:
A= the project name (L4L= L04 Large Screen).
B= the region: E= Europe, A= Asia Pacific, U= NAFTA,
L= LATAM.
C= the software diversity:
Europe: T= 1 page TXT, F= Full TXT, V= Voice
control.
LATAM and NAFTA: N= Stereo non-dBx, S=
Stereo dBx.
Asian Pacific: T= TXT, N= non-TXT, C= NTSC.
ALL regions: M= mono, D= DVD, Q= Mk2.
D= the language cluster number.
x= the main software version number (updated with a
major change that is incompatible with previous
versions).
y= the sub software version number (updated with a
minor change that is compatible with previous
versions).
3. SAM. Indication of the Service Alignment Mode.
4. Error Buffer. Shows all errors detected since the last time
the buffer was erased. Five errors possible.
5. Option Bytes. Used to set the option bytes. See Options
in the Alignments section for a detailed description. Seven
codes are possible.
6. Clear. Erases the contents of the error buffer. Select the
CLEAR menu item and press the MENU RIGHT key. The
content of the error buffer is cleared.
7. Options. Used to set the option bits. See Options in the
Alignments section for a detailed description.
8. AKB. Used to disable (Off) or enable (On) the black
current loop (AKB= Auto Kine Bias).
9. Tuner. Used to align the tuner. See Tuner in the
Alignments section for a detailed description.
10. White Tone. Used to align the white tone. See White
Tone in the Alignments section for a detailed description.
11. Geometry. Used to align the geometry settings of the
television. See Geometry in the Alignments section for a
detailed description.
12. Audio. No audio alignment is necessary for this television
set.
13. NVM Editor. Can be used to change the NVM data in the
television set. See table NVM data further on.
14. ComPaIr. Can be used to switch on the television to In
System Programming (ISP) mode, for software uploading
via ComPair. Caution: When this mode is selected without
ComPair connected, the TV will be blocked. Remove the
AC power to reset the TV.
How to navigate
In SAM, select menu items with the MENU UP/DOWN keys
on the remote control transmitter. The selected item will be
highlighted. When not all menu items fit on the screen, use
the MENU UP/DOWN keys to display the next / previous
menu items.
With the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys, it is possible to:
Activate the selected menu item.
Change the value of the selected menu item.
Activate the selected submenu.
In SAM, when you press the MENU button twice, the set
will switch to the normal user menus (with the SAM mode
still active in the background). To return to the SAM menu
press the MENU or STATUS/EXIT button.
When you press the MENU key in while in a submenu, you
will return to the previous menu.
How to store SAM settings
To store the settings changed in SAM mode, leave the top level
SAM menu by using the POWER button on the remote control
transmitter or the television set.
EN 28
5.
L04L AA
How to exit
Switch the set to STANDBY by pressing the POWER button on
the remote control transmitter or the television set.
If you turn the television set off by removing the AC power
(i.e., unplugging the television) without using the POWER
button, the television set will remain in SAM when AC power is
re-applied, and the error buffer is not cleared.
5.2.3
Customer Service Mode (CSM)

Purpose
The Customer Service Mode shows error codes and
information on the TVs operation settings. The call center can
instruct the customer (by telephone) to enter CSM in order to
identify the status of the set. This helps the call center to
diagnose problems and failures in the TV set before making a
service call.
The CSM is a read-only mode; therefore, modifications are not
possible in this mode.
How to enter
To enter CSM, press the following key sequence on the remote
control transmitter: 123654 (do not allow the display to time
out between entries while keying the sequence).
Upon entering the Customer Service Mode, the following
screen will appear:
1 00028 L04L 0.12

CSM
2 CODES 0 0 0 0 0
3 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000
4 nnXXnnnn/nnX
5 P3C-1
6 NOT TUNED
7 NTSC
8 STEREO
9 CO 50 CL 50 BR 50 HU 0
0 AVL Off BS 50
How to exit
To exit CSM, use one of the following methods:
Press the MENU, STATUS/EXIT, or POWER button on the
remote control transmitter.
Press the POWER button on the television set.
5.3
Problems and Solving Tips Related to CSM
5.3.1
Picture Problems
Note: The problems described below are all related to the TV
settings. The procedures used to change the value (or status)
of the different settings are described.
Picture too dark or too bright
If:
The picture improves when you have press the AUTO
PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter, or
The picture improves when you enter the Customer
Service Mode,
Then:
1. Press the AUTO PICTURE button on the remote control
transmitter repeatedly (if necessary) to choose
PERSONAL picture mode.
2. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter.
This brings up the normal user menu.
3. In the normal user menu, use the MENU UP/DOWN keys
to highlight the PICTURE sub menu.
4. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to enter the PICTURE
sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys (if necessary) to select
BRIGHTNESS.
6. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or
decrease the BRIGHTNESS value.
7. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE.
8. Press the MENU LEFT/RIGHT keys to increase or
decrease the PICTURE value.
9. Press the MENU button on the remote control transmitter
twice to exit the user menu.
10. The new PERSONAL preference values are automatically
stored.
White line around picture elements and text
E_14480_068.eps
240304
Figure 5-3 CSM menu

Menu explanation
1. Indication of the decimal value of the operation hours
counter, Software identification of the main microprocessor
(see "Service Default or Alignment Mode" for an
explanation), and the service mode (CSM= Customer
Service Mode).
2. Displays the last five errors detected in the error code
buffer.
3. Displays the option bytes.
4. Displays the type number version of the set.
5. Reserved item for P3C call centers (AKBS stands for
Advanced Knowledge Base System).
6. Indicates the television is receiving an "IDENT" signal on
the selected source. If no "IDENT" signal is detected, the
display will read "NOT TUNED"
7. Displays the detected Color system (e.g. PAL/NTSC).
8. Displays the detected Audio (e.g. stereo/mono).
9. Displays the picture setting information.
10. Displays the sound setting information.
If:
The picture improves after you have pressed the AUTO
PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter,
Then:
sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select SHARPNESS.
6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the SHARPNESS
value.
8. The new PERSONAL preference value is automatically
stored.

Snowy picture
Check CSM line 6. If this line reads Not Tuned, check the
following:
Antenna not connected. Connect the antenna.
No antenna signal or bad antenna signal. Connect a proper
antenna signal.
The tuner is faulty (in this case line 2, the Error Buffer line,
will contain error number 10). Check the tuner and replace/
repair the tuner if necessary.
5.4.2
Then:
sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select COLOR.
6. Press the MENU RIGHT key to increase the COLOR value.
stored.
If:
Then:
sub menu.
5. Use the MENU UP/DOWN keys to select PICTURE.
6. Press the MENU LEFT key to decrease the PICTURE
value.
stored.
Introduction
ComPair (Computer Aided Repair) is a service tool for Philips
Consumer Electronics products. ComPair is a further
development on the European DST (service remote control),
which allows faster and more accurate diagnostics. ComPair
has three big advantages:
ComPair helps you to quickly get an understanding on how to
repair the chassis in a short time by guiding you systematically
through the repair procedures.
ComPair allows very detailed diagnostics (on I2C level) and is
therefore capable of accurately indicating problem areas. You
do not have to know anything about I2C commands yourself
because ComPair takes care of this.
Specifications
The ComPair faultfinding program is able to determine the

problem of the defective television. ComPair can gather
diagnostic information in two ways:
Automatic (by communication with the television):
ComPair can automatically read out the contents of the
entire error buffer. Diagnosis is done on I2C level. ComPair
can access the I2C bus of the television. ComPair can
send and receive I2C commands to the micro controller of
the television. In this way, it is possible for ComPair to
communicate (read and write) to devices on the I2C
busses of the TV-set.
Manually (by asking questions to you): Automatic
diagnosis is only possible if the micro controller of the
television is working correctly and only to a certain extend.
When this is not the case, ComPair will guide you through
the faultfinding tree by asking you questions (e.g. Does the
screen give a picture? Click on the correct answer: YES /
NO) and showing you examples (e.g. Measure test-point I7
and click on the correct waveform you see on the
oscilloscope). You can answer by clicking on a link (e.g.
text or a waveform picture) that will bring you to the next
step in the faultfinding process.
By a combination of automatic diagnostics and an interactive
question / answer procedure, ComPair will enable you to find
most problems in a fast and effective way.
Menu text not sharp enough
5.4.1
EN 29
ComPair consists of a Windows based faultfinding program

and an interface box between PC and the (defective) product.
The ComPair interface box is connected to the PC via a serial
or RS232 cable.
In this chassis, the ComPair interface box and the TV
communicate via a bi-directional service cable via the service
connector.
If:
ComPair
5.
ComPair speeds up the repair time since it can automatically

communicate with the chassis (when the microprocessor is
working) and all repair information is directly available. When
ComPair is installed together with the SearchMan electronic
manual of the defective chassis, schematics and PWBs are
only a mouse click away.
Black and white picture
5.4
L04L AA
Beside fault finding, ComPair provides some additional

features like:
Up- or downloading of pre-sets.
Managing of pre-set lists.
Emulation of the Dealer Service Tool (DST).
If both ComPair and SearchMan (Electronic Service
Manual) are installed, all the schematics and the PWBs of
the set are available by clicking on the appropriate
hyperlink. Example: Measure the DC-voltage on capacitor
C2568 (Schematic/Panel) at the Mono-carrier.
Click on the Panel hyperlink to automatically show
the PWB with a highlighted capacitor C2568.
Click on the Schematic hyperlink to automatically
show the position of the highlighted capacitor.
Software downloading (as soon as this is supported by
ComPair).
5.4.3
How To Connect
1. First, install the ComPair Browser software (see the Quick
Reference Card for installation instructions).
2. Connect the RS232 interface cable between a free serial
(COM) port of your PC and the PC connector (marked with
PC) of the ComPair interface.
3. Connect the mains adapter to the supply connector
(marked with POWER 9V DC) of the ComPair interface.
4. Switch the ComPair interface off.
5. Switch the television set off with the Power switch.
6. Connect the ComPair interface cable between the
connector on the rear side of the ComPair interface
(marked with I2C) and the ComPair (or Service)
EN 30
5.
L04L AA
5.5
connector at the rear side of the TV (for its location see

chapter Service Modes, ....).
7. Plug the mains adapter in a mains outlet, and switch the
interface on. The green and red LEDs light up together.
The red LED extinguishes after approx. 1 second while the
green LED remains lit.
8. Start the ComPair program and read the Introduction
chapter.
The error code buffer contains all errors detected since the last
time the buffer was erased. The buffer is written from left to
right. When an error occurs that is not yet in the error code
buffer, it is displayed at the left side and all other errors shift one
position to the right.
5.5.1
VCR
Power
9V DC
I2C
E_06532_008.eps
190204
5.5.2
Figure 5-4 ComPair Interface connection

5.4.4
How To Read The Error Buffer

You can read the error buffer in 3 ways:
On screen via the SAM (if you have a picture). Examples:
ERROR: 0 0 0 0 0 : No errors detected
ERROR: 6 0 0 0 0 : Error code 6 is the last and only
detected error
ERROR: 9 6 0 0 0 : Error code 6 was detected first and
error code 9 is the last detected (newest) error
Via the blinking LED procedure (when you have no
picture). See The Blinking LED Procedure.
Via ComPair.
TO SERVICE
CONNECTOR
PC
Error Codes
How To Clear The Error Buffer

The error code buffer is cleared in the following cases:
By using the CLEAR command in the SAM menu:
To enter SAM, press the following key sequence on the
remote control transmitter: 062596 directly followed
by the OSD/STATUS button (do not allow the display
to time out between entries while keying the
sequence).
Make sure the menu item CLEAR is highlighted. Use
the MENU UP/DOWN buttons, if necessary.
Press the MENU RIGHT button to clear the error
buffer. The text on the right side of the CLEAR line will
change from CLEAR? to CLEARED
If the contents of the error buffer have not changed for 50
hours, the error buffer resets automatically.
How To Order
ComPair order codes:
Starter kit ComPair32/SearchMan32 software and
ComPair interface (excl. transformer): 3122 785 90450.
ComPair interface (excluding transformer): 4822 727
21631.
Starter kit ComPair32 software (registration version): 3122
785 60040.
Starter kit SearchMan32 software: 3122 785 60050.
ComPair32 CD (update): 3122 785 60070 (year 2002,
3122 785 60110 (year 2003).
SearchMan32 CD (update): 3122 785 60080 (year 2002),
3122 785 60120 (year 2003).
ComPair interface cable: 3122 785 90004.
ComPair firmware upgrade IC: 3122 785 90510.
Transformer (non-UK): 4822 727 21632.
Transformer UK: 4822 727 21633.
Note: If you exit SAM by disconnecting the AC power from the

television set, the error buffer is not reset.
5.5.3
Note: If you encounter any problems, contact your local

support desk.
Error Codes
In case of non-intermittent faults, write down the errors present
Table 5-3 Error code overview

Error Device
0
Error description
Check item
Diagram
Not applicable No Error
Not applicable X-Ray/Over-voltage protection (US only)
2411, 2412, 2413, 6404, 6411, 6412
A2
Not applicable High beam (BCI) protection
3404, 7405
A2
Not applicable Vertical guard protection
3466, 7451, 7452, 7453, 7454
A2
Tuner
1000, 5010, (PIP Module)
F2
Not applicable +5v protection
7604, 7605
A5
I2C bus
7200, 3207, 3214
A4
Not applicable -
Not applicable -
24C16
I2C error while communicating with the EEPROM
7601, 3604, 3605
A5
I2C error while communicating with 2nd tuner

General I2C error
10
Tuner
I2C error while communicating with the PLL tuner
1000, 5001
A3
11
TDA6107/A
Black current loop instability protection
7330, 3351, CRT
B1
12
SDA9488X
I2C error while communicating with the PIP processor
7242 (PIP Module)
F1
13
Not applicable -
14
DVD Loader
DVD Interface module
I2C error while communicating with the DVD Interface module
DVD Loader
15
TDA9178T/N1 I2C error while communicating with LTI module
7610
16
TDA9887
7201
F2
17
Not applicable -
18
Not applicable -
19
TDA1200x
I2C error while communicating with SSD stereo sound decoder 7200
A4
20
TDA1200x
I2C error while communicating with video cosmic in Hercules IC 7200
A4
I2C error while communicating with PIP_Demodulator
When the SDM is entered, the front LED will blink the contents
of the error-buffer:
When all the error-codes are displayed, the sequence
finishes with a LED blink of 1.5 seconds,
The sequence starts again.
Example of error buffer: 12 9 6 0 0
After entering SDM, the following occurs:
1 long blink of 5 seconds to start the sequence,
12 short blinks followed by a pause of 1.5 seconds,
1 long blink of 1.5 seconds to finish the sequence,
The sequence starts again at 12 short blinks.
5.7
Protections
If a fault situation is detected, an error code will be generated;
and, if necessary, the television set will go into protection
mode. Blinking of the red LED at a frequency of 3 Hz indicates
the protection mode. In some error cases, the microprocessor
does not put the set in protection mode. The error codes of the
error buffer and the blinking LED procedure can be read via the
Service Default Menu (SDM), or via ComPair.
To get a quick diagnosis the chassis has three service modes
implemented:
The Customer Service Mode (CSM).
The Service Default Mode (SDM).
The Service Alignment Mode (SAM).
For a detailed mode description, see the relevant sections.
5.8
Fault Finding and Repair Tips

Notes:
It is assumed that the components are mounted correctly
with correct values and no bad solder joints.
Before any fault finding actions, check if the correct options
are set.
5.8.1
NVM Editor
In some cases, it can be handy if one directly can change the
NVM contents. This can be done with the NVM Editor in SAM
mode. In the next table, the default NVM values are given.
32PW6542
29PT5642
29PT4641
28PW6542
Item
Default values (dec)

28PW6441
Using this procedure, you can make the contents of the error
buffer visible via the front LED. This is especially useful when
there is no picture.
EN 31
Table 5-4 NVM default values for LATAM-region
25PT5541
The Blinking LED Procedure
5.
Address (dec)
5.6
L04L AA
EW (EW Width)
19
37
37
37
37
37
37
PW (EW Parabola Width)
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
26
HS (Horizontal Shift)
21
26
26
26
26
26
HP (Horizontal Parallelogram)
22
31
31
31
31
31
31
HB (Horizontal Bow)
23
31
31
31
31
31
31
30
UCP (EW Upper Corner Parabola)
24
30
30
30
30
30
LCP (EW Lower Corner Parabola)
25
40
40
40
40
40
40
TC (EW Trapezium)
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
VS (Vertical Slope)
27
37
37
37
37
37
37
VA (Vertical Amplitude)
28
30
30
30
30
30
30
SC (S-Correction)
29
30
30
30
30
32
32
VSH (Vertical Shift)
30
26
26
26
26
26
26
VX (Vertical Zoom)
31
25
25
25
25
25
25
VSL (Vertical Scroll)
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
VL (Vertical Linearity)
33
32
32
32
32
32
32
BLOR (Black Level Offset - Red)
34
29
29
29
29
29
29
BLOG (Black Level Offset - Green)
35
19
19
19
19
19
19
AGC (AGC Takeover)
36
20
20
20
20
20
20
OIF (IF-PLL Offset)
37
36
36
36
36
36
36
AGC10 (AGC 10)
38
H60 (60 Hz Horizontal Shift)
39
60 Hz Vertical Amplitude
42
32
32
32
32
48
48
YD & CL
43
87
87
87
87
87
87
RGB amplitude for full teletext mode
46
NVM_TABLE_VERSION
60
22
22
22
22
22
22
OPTION_TABLE_VERSION
61
CVI_BLOR
62
21
21
21
21
21
21
CVI_BLOG
63
15
15
15
15
15
15
23
TXT Brightness
64
23
23
23
23
23
V60 offset (60Hz Vertical Amplitude)
66
-2
-2
-2
-2
-2
-2
FOAB, CHSE
139
SPR, WS
140
VMA, SVM
141
50
50
50
50
50
50
NVM_SOC_SMD
142
CCC-PGR
143
31
31
31
31
31
31
CCC-PGG
144
31
31
31
31
31
31
CCC-PGB
145
31
31
31
31
31
31
NVM_FMWS
149
NVM_ASD_SC1_THR
150
16
16
16
16
16
16
NVM_CRYSTALALIGN
208
63
63
63
63
63
63
Last Brightness (VID PP others)
264
50
50
50
50
50
50
Last Color (VID PP others)
265
50
50
50
50
50
50
Last Contrast (VID PP others)
266
50
50
50
50
50
50
Last Sharpness (VID PP others)
267
50
50
50
50
50
50
Last Hue (VID PP others)
268
Last Color Temperature

(VID PP others)
269
50
50
50
50
50
50
White-D Cool Red
294
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
-3
White-D Cool Blue
296
White-D Normal Red
297
26
26
26
26
26
26
White-D Normal Green
298
32
32
32
32
32
32
White-D Normal Blue
299
27
27
27
27
27
27
White-D Warm Red
300
White-D Warm Blue
302
-6
-6
-6
-6
-6
-6
Last Volume
343
20
20
20
20
20
20
Last Balance
344
50
50
50
50
50
50
Last Treble (AUD PP others)
345
85
85
85
85
80
80
Last Bass (AUD PP others)
346
173 173 173 173 173 173
EN 32
5.8.2
5.
L04L AA
5.8.3
Power Supply
Set Not Working
One Thin Vertical Line

Quick check:
Set in protection mode.
LED blinking with error 3.
Check Power
Supply Mains
Switch
Bridge Rectifier
circuit 6500
Deflection
One Thin Vertical Line

LED Blinking
Check fusible
resistor 3510 &
circuit before it
Not Ok
Ok
Check DC
voltage at
2505/2507
Check all
connection and
peripheral at
Deflection Circuit in
place
Not Ok
Ok
Check
fusible
resistor 3532
Check
7512
Check IC7511 &

IC7531
Check
Line Transistor
7405
Ok
Set able to
start-up
No
Check other
fusible resistor
and capacitor in
the circuit
Is VBE between
200mV to 30mV & VCB
approximately 500mV
Yes
Yes
Check Horizontal
Deflection
Circuitry
End
E_14480_057.eps
190204
Figure 5-5 Fault finding tree Set not working

Replace transistor
Set Does Not Start Up
E_14480_059.eps
170204
Set Unable
to Start
Software
loaded?
No
Fuse Blown?
Yes
Figure 5-7 Fault finding tree One thin vertical line
Yes
One Thin Horizontal Line

Quick check:
Set in protection mode.
LED blinking with error 2.
Change
Fuse
Load
Software
Check
voltage
across 2552
One Horizontal
Thin Line
LED Blinking
Is Vbatt
approximately
140V
No
Check Power
Supply circuit
Yes
Check
voltage 2562
&2563
Check all connection

and peripheral at
Deflection Circuit
in place
No
16V
Yes
Check 3V
across 2535
Yes
Check transistor
(7451, 7523, 7543) at
Vertical Deflection Circuitry
Check 6V
across 2535
Yes
Set able to
Start
No
Check Line
Transistor 7405
Check Vertical
Deflection Circuit
Yes
End
Replace transistor
E_14480_058.eps
170204
Figure 5-6 Fault finding tree Set does not start up
E_14480_060.eps
170204
Figure 5-8 Fault finding tree One thin horizontal line

5.8.5
Blank Screen
Ok
Not Ok
Picture
appears?
Picture not appearing
Check Beam Current Limit

(voltage is 1.8V-2V when
brightness and contrast is
set to the maximum
Not Ok
5.
EN 33
Tuner and IF
No Picture
1. Check that the Option settings are correct.
2. If correct, check that supply voltages are there.
3. If supply voltages are present, check whether picture is
present in AV.
4. If picture is present in AV, check with the scope the Tuner
IF output signal by manual storage to a known channel.
5. If IF output is present, Tuner is working fine. If no IF output,
I2C data lines may be open, check continuity of I2C lines.
If I2C lines are ok, Tuner may be defect, replaced Tuner.
6. If Tuner IF is present and yet still no picture in RF mode, go
to Video Processing troubleshooting section.
Blank Screen
Check Vg2
(fine tune)
L04L AA
Check deflection
circuit
No Picture, No Sound
No Picture,
No Sound,
Raster Ok
Check tuning
supply voltage,
pin 9 of tuner
Check AGC
Voltage, pin 1
of tuner
>30V & <35V
Ok
Check heater voltage

(measure pin 9&10
at the CRT socket)
Ok
Picture not appearing
Check
VT Supply
Section
No
Check Power
Supply
Yes
Not Ok
Check video supply
(2457) is approximately
180V
Ok
No
AGC voltage
changes with
different signal
strength
Picture
appears?
Check supply
voltage, pin 7 of
tuner
5V
No
Yes
Check AGC
circuit section
Ok
End
Check Tuner
pin 4 & 5
I2C Bus
E_14480_061.eps
170204
Ok
Figure 5-9 Fault finding tree Blank screen

5.8.4
No
Check other
functional area
Yes
Source Selection
Set is not able to go into AV or any missing AV is
encountered
E.g. AV1 is available but not able to enter to AV1: Check if the
option setting is correct.
Set is able to go to AV, but no audio is heard.
1. Check that continuity of signal is there from the SCART/
Cinch input to the input of the Hercules.
2. If continuity is there and still no audio, check that option
settings are correct.
3. If logic setting is correct and still no audio, proceed to Audio
Decoder/Processor troubleshooting section.
Set is able to go into AV but no video is available:
1. Check continuity from AV input to HERCULES depending
on the input.
2. If continuity is available and yet no video, proceed to Video
Processor troubleshooting section.
Replace Tuner
E_14480_062.eps
170204
Figure 5-10 Fault finding tree No picture, no sound
EN 34
5.
L04L AA
5.8.6
Picture Ok, No Sound
Below are some guidelines for troubleshooting of the Micro

Controller function. Normally Micro Controller should be
checked when there is a problem of startup.
1. Check that both +3.3 V_dc and +1.8 V_dc are present.
2. Check that crystal oscillator is working.
3. Check that Power Good signal is at high logic, normal
operation.
4. Check that HERCULES is not in standby mode. Pin 15 of
HERCULES should be 0 V_dc.
5. Make sure H-drive pulse is there. This can be checked at
resistor R3239. If H-drive does not exist, remove resistor
R3239 to check if there is loading.
Picture Ok,
No Sound
Check IF output of
tuner, pin 11
CVBS
present?
No
Controller
Refer to fig.
"Power Supply:
Set not working"
Note: When the set shuts down after a few second after power
on, the main cause is that Vg2 not aligned properly, try
adjusting Vg2 during the few seconds of power on.
Yes
Check SAW filter output

(pin 4&5)
EU/AP/CH (QSS)- 1001
NA/LA/AP INT - 1002
Output Ok?
5.8.7
No
Video Processing
No Picture
When no picture in RF, first check if the microprocessor is
functioning ok in section Controller. If that is ok, follow the
next steps.
When no picture in AV, first check if the video source
selection is functioning ok in section Source Selection. If that
is ok, follow the next steps.
Replace SAW
filter
Yes
1. Check that normal operating conditions are met.

2. Check that there is video signal at pin 81. If no video,
demodulator part of the HERCULES is faulty, replace with
new HERCULES.
3. If video signal is available at pin 81, check pin 56, 57, and
58 for the RGB signal.
4. If signal is not available, try checking the BRIGHTNESS
and/or CONTRAST control, and make sure it is not at zero.
5. If still with the correct settings and no video is available,
proceed to the CRT/RGB amplifier diagram.
Check other
functional area
E_14480_063.eps
170204
Figure 5-11 Fault finding tree Picture ok, no sound

Unable To Perform Tuning
Unable to
perform tuning
Enter SDM
check optionbyte 1
Enter SDM and change

to the appropriate byte
Incorrect
Correct
Check if tuner
Supply Voltage
pin 7
5V
No
Check Power
Supply
Yes
Check I2C
circuit
Replace
Tuner
No
Check Tuner
Supply Voltage
33V
Yes
Not Ok
Check I2C at pin

4 & 5 and tuner
Not Ok
Not Ok
Ok
I2C
Check other
functional area
Tuner
For sets with TDA9178, follow steps below:

1. Put Option Byte 2 bit 4 to 0; if video signal is not available,
then check fault finding section Controller, Section
Source Selection, and steps above.
2. If video is available but not correct, put Option Byte 2 bit 4
to 1, then check if LTI panel is present. If not, put LTI
panel in the main chassis (connector 1221).
3. If LTI panel is in main chassis, check cable between LTI
panel and main chassis (position is 1206). If it is
connected, then the LTI panel is faulty, replace it.
For sets with Scavem, and Scavem does not work, follow steps
below:
1. Check Scavem coil connector (position is 1361) if
connected; if not, connect it.
2. If connected, check NVM bit storage byte 1 bit 7; if it is not
1, set it to 1.
3. If it is 1, then check the data of the NVM addresses as in
the next table. If the data is not correct, then set these
addresses to diagram values.
4. If it still not works, track Scavem output from pin64 of
HERCULES to CRT panel.
Not Ok
E_14480_064.eps
170204
Table 5-5 NVM default values for Scavem

Figure 5-12 Fault finding tree Unable to perform tuning
Description
Address (dec) Address (hex) Value (hex)
SPR, WS
140
8C
00
VMA, SVM
141
8D
32
NVM_SOC_SMD
142
8E
03

5.8.8
Audio Processing
No Sound
Picture Ok,
No Sound
Tuner IF Ok
Not Ok
Check Tuner/IF
Ok
Check AUDOUTLSL &

AUDOUTLSR pin at
Hercules
Not Ok
Check Hercules IC
Ok
Check Audio
Amplifier
Not Ok
Check Audio
Power Supply
Check Power
Supply
Ok
Check Audio
Amplifier Circuit
and loud speaker
Not Ok
Replace Audio
Amplifier
Ok
Check NVM
E_14480_065.eps
170204
Figure 5-13 Fault finding tree No sound

No RF audio for QSS/Inter-Carrier stereo sets.
1. Check pin 99 and 100 for SIF signal (for QSS) or pin 104
and 105 for video with SIF (for Inter-Carrier)
2. If signal is not present, check for the QSS/FMI bit settings.
Check also the NVM data.
3. If signals are present and still no audio, check the audio
supply voltage +8V are present.
4. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty.
No AV audio.
1. Check troubleshooting methods in section Source
Selection.
2. Check the output of the Hercules to see if there is signal
available. If no, check the normal operating condition and
also the NVM data.
3. If still no audio signal at Hercules output, Hercules is faulty.
Note: If there is audio signal at Hercules output and no audio
at loudspeaker, proceed to Audio Amplifier troubleshooting
methods.
5.8.9
Audio Amplifier
No RF as well as AV audio at the loudspeaker:
1. Check that the normal operation condition of the amplifier
is met.
2. If normal operation conditions are met, check the continuity
from Hercules output to input of the amplifier.
3. If continuity is there and still no audio, check speaker wire
connections. If still no audio, amplifier IC might be faulty
L04L AA
5.
EN 35
EN 36
5.
L04L AA

E_06532_012.eps
130204
Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms
L04L AA
6.
37
6. Block Diagrams, Testpoint Overviews, and Waveforms

Wiring Diagram
DEGAUSSING COIL
TOP CONTROL PANEL

AQUADAG
CRT
16:9
EHT
CRT
1010
3P
FRAME
ROTATION
COIL
(component view)
YELLOW
CRT PANEL
RIGHT
SPEAKER
ORANGE
BLUE
1361
3P
5P
1351
LEFT
SPEAKER
RED
SCAVEM
COIL
1332
7P
1352
CRT
SOCKET
RED
BLACK
BLACK
RED
CRT PANEL
1381
3P
FRONT INTERFACE
Warning: Some models have tact switch.
6P
1693
6P
D SIDE
A/V PANEL +
1504
1252
1505
2P
MAINS
CORD
7P
2P
1211
1212
2P
LEFT (WHITE)
1254
RIGHT (RED)
5P
CVBS (YELLOW)
1279
MONO
CARRIER
1278
4P
3P
5P
1280
2P
HEADPHONE
(track view)
3P
1404
1204
2P
1215
LTI/
CTI
1461
5401
2P
7P
1214
1464
2P
1221
7P
LINEARITY&
PANORAMA
1462
3P
1206
LTI/CTI
INTERFACE
1212
1401
7P
5P
1207
1451
2P
LOT
TUNER
1212
12P
1206
12P
to
SUB
WOOFER
(OPTONAL)
3P
1682
7P
HEADPHONE
MAINS
SWITCH
1693
1005
3P
COMPAIR
CONNECTOR
E_14480_021.eps
270204
L04L AA
6.
38
Block Diagram Supply and Deflection

SUPPLY AND DEFLECTION
G
SUPPLY
FRONT INTERFACE
1231
1211
1
LINEARITY & PANORAMA

7460
ACTIVATING
CIRCUIT
ONLY FOR:
28"WSRF LA/NA
32" WSRF LA/NA
28" WS-SF LA
7462
1212
1
2464
2467
2466
2
1404
4
MAINS
SWITCH
(not USA)
1461
4
LINEARITY AND
PANORAMA
CORRECTION
1
HOR.
DEFL.
COIL
2474
2475
1462
1
TO 1221
A5
CONNECTIONS
1463
+9V
7463
I2SD/1
DEFLECTION
ENERGIZING
CIRCUIT
(optional)
V_DG
7200-H
(SYNC)
112
EHTinfo
3
3507
A2
7541
2240
Degaussing
Coil
1505
1503
113
A2 LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION
A2
Vguard
A4 HERCULES
1504
3232
A1 POWER SUPPLY
Vbatt
+6VA
LINE
116
7408
1506
5500 :
5502
1500
VERTICAL
GUARD
DETECTOR
VIDEO
IDENT
6500
AC
F508
T4E
6401
2505
DC
5402
5520
MAIN
SUPPLY
17
18
DRIVER
7512
11
I511
3514
I519
2
2511
6
SENSE
Vcc
DEMAG
5552
5562 6563
7514
10
6571
5561 6562
3517
7571
108
EW_DRIVE
7410
HOR.
DEFL.
COIL
3410
BCL
A4
1454
7406
6452
6483
6484
6453
3458
3484
3485
I573
6456
1452
+9V
3457
2456
6566
POWER-DOWN
A4 2x
I533
2564
6533
10
2534
X-RAY
PROTECTION
EHTo
FRAME
1
3538
+3V
+6VA
+6VA
6676
2535
6536
AUX
5537
2536
+6V
VERTICAL
SYNC
SEPARATOR
VERTICAL
DIVIDER
VERTICAL
SAWTHOOTH
VERTICAL
OUTPUT
+
GEOMETRY
106
107
VDRA
3474
F461
7455
7456
G
I548
7536
FILAMENT
F458
3466
7453
Vaux
Vguard
A4
3465
7454
6537
1401
5
EHTb
7451
VDRB
VIDEO/SUPPLY
1491
1
TO 1351
CRT
Vbatt
7452
7535
3531
6459
3462
F460
F537
3534
3455
3565
F536
12
6532
97
+9V
6535
I531
A2
6454
6455
F564
14
CONTROL
IC
7561
6565
VIDEO/SUPPLY
F455
FILAMENT
EHTinfo
6564
F453
7411
3532
F452
-12V
A4
A4
2403
3440
I417
EHTb
EHTb
+
EHTinfo
+
EHTinfo
BCL
PROC.
6481 3481
7484
Stdby_Con
STANDBY
CIRCUIT
3451
3442
10
2
Vbatt
7573
5531
11
E/W
+
GEOMETRY
1404
1
3576
+3V3
7515
TCET1103
+8V
3420
REFERENCE
CIRCUIT
1532
1A
7531
TEA1620
SOURCE
A5
SANDCASTLE
GENERATOR
3575
6512
REG
MAIN
SYNC
SEPARATOR
LINE
OUTPUT
CIRCUIT
+
E/W
3497
CORR.
E/W
SANDCASTLE
+8V
3571
11
STANDBY
SUPPLY
+Vbatt
FOCUS VG2
7207
INTF_Y GREEN_IN
56
6573
3530
OR
63
+6VA
DRAIN
HDRIVE
62
-Vaudio
F561
A5
3518
Vcc
HORIZONTAL
OUTPUT
1543
14
PHI 2
DETECTOR
+Vaudio
3532
13
I516
6511
3519
HORIZONTAL
OSC.
FRAME_FB
F418
3516
7
PHI 1
DETECTOR
Vbatt
A1
B1
HD
CONTROL
IC
CTRL
3513
14
DRAIN
F552
7401 : 7403
3411 7480 : 7483 POWER-DOWN
TO
CRT
F563
I513
7511
TEA1506T
5551 6551
EHT
7405
BU4508DX
7404
MAINS
SWITCH
(not USA)
I433
5445
6486
-9V
F414
1505
7532
TO RGB
PROC.
3498
OR
R.G.B.
BLANKING
F402
F412
HD
2
VER.
DEFL.
COIL
3463
3401
VT_SUPPLY
F459
-12V
F401
3461
A4
FRAME_FB
3471
For IDTV only
HOT GROUND
COLD GROUND
E_14480_024.eps
270204
B1
L04L AA
6.
39
Testpoint Overview Mono Carrier

F001
F002
F003
F004
F005
F006
F007
F008
F009
F010
F011
A8
A7
A7
A7
A8
A6
A8
A8
B4
A7
A8
F101
F102
F103
F104
F105
F106
F107
F108
F109
F110
F111
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
C8
B8
F112
F113
F115
F116
F117
F119
F120
F121
F122
F123
F138
C8
C8
C7
C7
C7
A8
A8
A8
B8
B8
B7
F200
F201
F202
F203
F204
F205
F206
F207
F208
F209
F210
B4
C5
B5
B5
C5
C5
C6
B5
B6
A5
A4
F211
F212
F213
F214
F215
F216
F217
F218
F219
F220
F221
A4
A5
A5
B5
B6
C6
C6
C6
B7
B7
B7
F222
F223
F224
F225
F226
F227
F228
F229
F230
F232
F233
C7
B7
C6
C6
B6
A4
C5
C5
B5
B5
B5
F237
F238
F239
F240
F241
F242
F243
F244
F245
F247
F248
B5
B4
B5
C5
C6
C6
C6
B5
C6
A6
A6
F249
F250
F251
F270
F401
F402
F404
F407
F412
F414
F415
A7
C6
B5
B5
C4
D6
D6
D6
C6
E7
E6
F416
F417
F418
F419
F420
F451
F452
F453
F454
F455
F456
E6
E5
D6
D6
D7
C8
C7
D7
C7
D7
E7
F457
F458
F459
F460
F461
F462
F463
F464
F465
F466
F500
E7
C7
C7
C7
C7
E7
D8
E5
E5
E8
C2
F501
F502
F503
F504
F505
F506
F507
F508
F509
F510
F535
D2
D2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E3
E4
D5
C4
F536
F537
F541
F542
F551
F552
F561
F562
F563
F564
F573
C5
C3
C3
C3
C5
D5
C4
D4
C4
C5
C5
F581
F582
F583
F682
F683
F685
F691
F692
F693
F694
F695
B3
B4
C4
B1
B1
B1
C1
D1
E1
C1
C1
F696
F697
F698
F699
F901
F903
F904
F905
F910
F911
F950
D1
E1
C1
D1
B3
B2
B1
B2
B3
B3
B3
F951
F952
F953
F955
I001
I002
I003
I004
I005
I006
I007
B3
A3
A3
A3
A8
A8
A7
A7
A5
A5
A7
I008
I009
I010
I011
I012
I013
I014
I015
I016
I017
I104
A5
A5
A5
A7
A7
A6
A8
A8
A7
B5
B8
I105
I106
I107
I108
I109
I110
I111
I112
I113
I114
I115
B7
B7
B8
B7
B7
B7
B8
B7
C8
B8
C8
I116
I117
I118
I119
I120
I201
I203
I204
I205
I206
I207
B7
B8
A7
A7
B7
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
B6
I208
I209
I210
I211
I212
I213
I214
I215
I216
I217
I218
C5
B6
B6
C6
B6
A5
A5
A6
B6
B7
B6
I219
I222
I223
I224
I225
I226
I227
I228
I229
I230
I231
B6
B5
B5
B4
B5
C6
A5
B5
C5
B5
B5
I232
I233
I234
I235
I236
I240
I241
I401
I402
I403
I404
A7
B7
A4
B5
B5
A4
A4
E7
E6
E7
E7
I405
I406
I407
I409
I410
I412
I413
I414
I415
I416
I417
E7
E7
E7
E8
E6
E6
C6
D6
C6
C5
D5
I418
I419
I421
I422
I423
I424
I425
I426
I427
I428
I429
D6
C6
D7
D7
D5
E8
C6
D7
D5
D6
E8
I430
I431
I432
I433
I434
I443
I444
I445
I446
I448
I449
E6
C7
D6
E6
C5
E7
E7
E7
C5
E7
D8
I451
I452
I453
I455
I456
I457
I458
I459
I460
I461
I462
D7
E8
D7
D7
D8
D7
D7
D7
C8
C8
C8
I463
I464
I465
I466
I467
I468
I469
I470
I471
I472
I473
SERVICE TEST POINT
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_029.eps
200204
D8
C8
E7
D7
E8
D7
E8
D8
C8
C7
E5
I474
I475
I501
I502
I503
I504
I505
I506
I507
I511
I513
I514
I515
I516
I517
I518
I519
I520
I521
I523
I524
I527
I529
I531
I532
I533
I535
I536
I537
I538
I539
I540
I541
I542
I543
I544
I545
I546
I547
I548
I551
I552
I553
I554
I555
I556
I557
I561
I562
I565
I571
I572
I573
I574
I575
I576
I577
I578
I579
I582
I583
I584
I585
I586
I587
I588
I681
I682
I683
I686
I687
I688
I689
I691
I693
I909
I910
I911
I913
I914
I915
I916
I918
I919
I920
I921
I922
I924
I925
I926
I927
I928
I930
I934
I935
I936
I937
I938
I939
I940
E6
D8
E3
E3
E2
E2
D1
E3
D3
E5
E5
D4
E4
E4
E4
E5
E5
E5
E4
E5
E5
E5
D3
D3
D3
D3
D3
D3
C4
C3
D3
D4
D4
C3
C2
D3
C3
C3
C3
C3
D5
D5
D3
D4
D4
D4
D3
D4
D4
C4
D5
C5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D5
D4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
C4
B4
E1
B1
B1
C1
D1
C1
D1
E1
D1
B3
C3
C3
C3
C2
C3
C2
C3
C2
B3
C2
C2
B3
B3
B2
C2
B1
B2
B2
B1
B2
C2
B2
B2
B2
I941
I942
I943
I944
I945
I946
I948
I951
I952
I953
I954
I955
I956
I957
I958
B2
C3
B2
C3
C2
B3
B3
B3
A3
A3
A3
B3
A3
A3
B4
L04L AA
6.
40
Block Diagram Video

VIDEO
H
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
INTF_Y_OUT 2
1214
N.C.
7611
TDA8601T
INTF_Y
INTF_U_OUT 3
INTF_Pb
7
INTF_V_OUT 4
INTF_Pr
8
CLAMP
3-STATE
CLAMP
CLAMP
3-STATE
CLAMP
12
1212
6
11
YIN
YOUT
LTI/CTI
PROC.
UIN
UOUT
VOUT
CLAMP
3-STATE
CLAMP
15
3-STATE
14
5
10
19
Y_2
INTF_Y/GREEN_IN
17
Pb_2
INTF_Pb/BLUE_IN
16
Pr_2
INTF_Pr/RED_IN
INTF_FBL
13
SC
1
16
INTF_FBL
PULSE FORMER
INTF_FBL
CONN.
1212
ERR
15
VIN
1216
N.C.
A5
7610
TDA9178T
7630
7635
SANDCASTLE
10
SANDCASTLE 10
A5
INTF_V-OUT
(RGB/YPrPb/YUV
7200-C INPUT SWITCHING)
51 50 49
SCL
SCL
SCL
INTF_BBL
INTF_BBL
53
54
57 58 59
55
7200-B (CVBS I/O + FILTERS + COLOUR DECODING)
7200-A (IF)
DIGITAL SIGNAL PROC.

- 4:3 LINEAR/NON-LINEAR SCALING
- DOUBLE WINDOW PROC.
TUNER IF
7003
6, 7
VT
F002
ERR FM-RADIO FM 10
10
TUNER
FM
1002
1003
F004
+
IF 11
TV TUNER
TV
5
3001
PHASE
DISC
24
VIF_2
25
RF
31
VIDEO
IF
RGB2/
RGB3
SELECTION
ADC
I001
TUNER IF
AGC
Yint
INPUT
SWITCH
DAC
1004
SIF1
29
SIF2
30
AUDIO IF
QSS/AM
COMB
FILTER
&TRAP
SWITCH
SC2_CHROMA_IN 70
AM
SOUND
DET.
SIDE_CHROMA_IN 77
FM/QSS
Uint
CHROMA/CVBS
TO
AUDIO
PART
AM
Yint
PAL, NTSC
SECAM
DECODER
YUV
TO
DVD
DVD
TO
YUV
Yint
Uint
Pr
Vint
Pb
Vint
SC1_FBL
52 INSSW3
SELECTION
LOGIC
N.C.
See block
diagram
AUDIO
RGB
TO
DVD
CVBS/Y
PLL
SOUND
MIXER
DVD
TO
DVD
SC2_Y/CVBS_IN 71
SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN 78
CVBS1
FILTER
SELECTION
INTF_CVBS_OUT
N.C.
SC1_CVBS_IN 74
SOUND
TRAP
VIDEO
DEMOD
AGC
1
7001
65
PLL
VIF_1
A4 SCL
A4 SEL-LLPIM
SW_SC2_CVBS 81
I002
A4 SDA
3000
VCO
OUTPUT
SWITCH
VIDEO
IDENT
YUV
RGB
DVD
DINT
1000
86
N.C.
SWITCH
YUV
+5VS
YPrPb2/
YPrPb3
SELECTION
SSIF
6001
BZX79-C33
5001
RGB
A2 VT_SUPPLY
9003
DVD
9002
+5V
SDA
INTF_Pr/RED_IN
SDA
INTF_Pb/BLUE_IN
1206
SDA
INTF_Y/GREE_IN
INTF_V_OUT
N.C.
1206
INTF_Y_OUT
SC1_RED_IN
See block
diagram
AUDIO
A4 HERCULES
A3
INTF_U_OUT
SC1_GREEN_IN
TO
AUDIO
PART
SC1_BLUE_IN
SSIF
1215
1212
INTF_U-OUT
1212
INTF_Y_OUT
SC1_FBL
A8 REAR I/O CINCH
B1 CRT
B2 SCAVEM
SC2_Y/CVBS_IN
FILAMENT
1381
1
SC2_CHROMA_IN
SVHS
1
ROT
ROTATION
OUTPUT
ROTATION
COIL
(OPTIONAL)
AV1
SC1_CVBS_IN
AV2
FILAMENT VSVM
V
1361
1
YUV INPUT
SC1_GREEN_IN
A4 HERCULES
SC1_BLUE_IN
SC1_RED_IN
A5
SVM
A5
SCAVEM
OUTPUT
SCAVEM
COIL
(OPTIONAL)
7200-E (RGB PROCESSING + CATHODE CALIBRATION)
7200-D (YUV PROCESSING)
7606
7607
MONITOR
OUTPUT
FROM P PART
SW_SC2_CVBS
SC2_CVBS_OUT
F240
1204
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
WHITE/BLACK
STRETCH
GAMMA COR.
Y
Pr
Pb
SVHS
1
RGB
ADDER
G
B
PEAKING
CLAMP
+
MUTE
BLUE
STRETCH
&
CONTRAST
OSD
INSERTION
BRIGHTNESS
+
PEAK WHITE
LIM.
CATHODE
CALIBRATION
OUTPUT
STAGE
43
44
3226
3227
3228
BOUT
7330
1 B
3
V11
GOUT
2 G
ROUT
3 R
IBLACK
SIDE_Y/CVBS_IN
V13
1331
SVM
ROT
V16
1332
7 B 3332
9 G 3334
8 R
3336
V15
V14
AQUADAG
11
6
10 9
4
5
45
SVM
SCAVEM
PROC.
SATURATION
MATRIX
G_Y
VSVM FILAMENT
V14
B_Y
64
5352
+200V
46
7308
BCL
A2
EHT-b
3351
ROT
TINT CONTROL
SKINTONE
5 7 1
5
25kV
BEAM
CURRENT
LIM.
R_Y
VIDEO
IN
V12
BC_INFO
CRT
A4
EHT
1207
42
VG2
FOCUS
DEFLECTION
1252
+200VA
F242
FBL
B_OSD
A5 CONNECTION
SIDE AV
G_OSD
R_OSD
F241
A2 FROM DEFLECTION
+200VA
2351
1351
1 1351
2
3
to 1401
A2 DEFLECTION
E_14480_027.eps
270204
L04L AA
6.
41
Testpoint Overview CRT & LTI Panel

F331
F332
F333
F334
F335
F336
F338
F339
F340
F341
F351
F352
F353
F354
F356
F360
F361
F362
F381
F382
I330
I331
I332
I333
I334
I335
I336
I337
I351
I353
I355
I357
I360
I361
I362
I363
I364
I365
I366
I367
I368
I369
I370
I371
I372
I373
I374
I375
I381
I383
I384
I385
I386
I387
CRT
3139 123 5674.1
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
3139 123 5740.1
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1626
1627
1628
1633
A2
A2
A1
A2
A1
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
A1
A2
A2
A1
A1
A2
E_14480_069.eps
270204
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A2
A2
A1
A1
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
L04L AA
6.
42
Block Diagram Audio/Control

AUDIO
A3 TUNER IF
A4 HERCULES
A8 REAR I/O CINCH

SUBWOOFER
(optional)
7200-A (IF)
7003
9002
A2 VT_SUPPLY
+5V
9003
1000
6, 7
2
FM
PHASE
DISC
+
11
TV TUNER IF
VIF_1
24
VIF_2
25
N.C.
RF
31
I001
PLL
TUNER IF
AGC
A4 SCL
1004
7001
FILTER
SELECTION
A4 SEL-LLPIM
AMPLI
+
MUTE
AUDIO
SOURCE
SELECTION
ADC
DIGITAL
SOUND
PROCESSING
AUDIO
SELECT
DAC
SCART
CINCH
OUTPUT
92
SC1_R_OUT
93
SC1_L_OUT
SIF1
29
SIF2
30
AUDIO IF
QSS/AM
(optional)
7103
1228
1
3161
N.C.
2
3
AM
To VIDEO PART
see block diagram
VIDEO
VIDEO
DEMOD
I002
A4 SDA
3000
VIDEO
IF
AGC
1
FM
DEM.
96
PLL
1002
1003
F004
TV
3001
FM/QSS
SSIF
VCO
F002
ERR FM-RADIO FM 10
10
TUNER
3164
9
VT
SPDIF
DIGITAL PART
SSIF
6001
BZX79-C33
5001
+5VS
7200-F (AUDIO)
SOUND
MIXER
FM/QSS
AM
SOUND
DET.
AM
INTF_R_IN
75
INTF_L_IN
76
SC2_R_IN
72
SC2_L_IN
73
SIDE_R_IN
79
SIDE_L_IN
80
SC1_R_IN
94
SC1_L_IN
95
DIGITAL
STEREO
SOUND
DECODER
AUDIO
SELECT
HP
OUTPUT
66
SC2_R_OUT
67
SC2_L_OUT
MONITOR
OUT
L
ERR
19
LS
OUTPUT
68
MAIN_OUTR
69
MAIN_OUTL
R
7140
MUTING
A8 REAR I/O CINCH

A7 AUDIO AMPLIFIER
AV1
L
7990
TDA2616Q
SC1_R_IN
F952
I952
SC2_L_IN
MAIN_OUTR
MUTE
MUTING
A4 POWER_DOWN
AV2
1281
5
L 8 Ohm/15W
F955
R 8 Ohm/15W
SC2_R_IN
A4 Stby_Con
I951
MAIN_OUTL
A5
7993, 7994
V AUDIO+1
SC1_L_IN
A5 CONNECTIVITIES
SIDE AV
1252
L
R
-V AUDIO
1207
SIDE_L_IN
SIDE_R_IN
A4 VOL_MUTE
VOLUME
+
MUTE
7991
7992
1280
1254
SIDE AV
1278
L 8 Ohm/15W
7991
OR
2
R 8 Ohm/15W
CONTROL
E
A4 HERCULES (CONTROL)
TOP CONTROL
LOCAL
KEYBOARD
+3.3V
7200-G (Control)
TDA12001H1
1682
2
INTERFACE
J1 FRONT
(PARTLY)
A9
6692
TSOP1836
IR
6691
+3.3V
IR
LED
KEYBOARD
LIGHT_SENSOR
IR
32
LED
30
LIGHT-SENSOR
14
LIGHT_SENSOR
+3.3V
+
3202
IIC BUS
TRANSCEIVER
20
21
3207
3204
EEPROM 8
(NVM)
6
ERR
5
9
3605
3604
SDA
3214
see
IIC
DIAGRAM
SCL
+
OR
A1
POWER_DOWN 31
ON/OFF
USA only
WRITE_PROTECT
I/O PORTS
LED
KEYBOARD
22
PWRDOWN 31
KEY_PROTN
FRONT CONTROL
1693
3
1693
3
A5 FEATURES
1010
2
6693
PWM
OUTPUTS
18
VOL_MUTE
15
Stdby_Con
A7
A1
A7
CPU
LIGHT_SENSOR
6693
+
6692
TSOP1836
TELETEXT
(close caption)
F692
IR
OR
7205
17
ROT
16
SEL_LLPIM
23
I2SD/1
24
Reset__5V
25
SEL_SC2_INTF
B2
A3
6691
+3.3V
LOCAL
KEYBOARD
+
ON/OFF
(USA only)
LED
ROM
RAM
119
KEYBOARD
1205
24MHz
ERR
20
A5
G
A5
A5
SERVICE DUMPER
9275
9252
SDM
118
E_14480_025.eps
270204
L04L AA
6.
43
I2C and Supply Voltage Overview

SUPPLY LINES DIAGRAM
A2 LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION
A1 POWER SUPPLY
3
2
1503
7541
ENERGIZING
CIRCUIT
(optional)
B1 CRT
V_DG
Vbatt
5445
5402
17
18
14
SUPPLY
PRIMARY
SIDE
5551 6551
5552
10
A4
Vbatt
A7 AUDIO_AMPLIFIER
5562 6563
1543
-Vaudio
13
7405
EHT
+Vaudio
7990
TDA2616Q
Vaudio+1
LINE
OUTPUT
CIRCUIT
+
E/W
CORR.
AUDIO
OUTPUT
1401
1
VIDEO SUPPLY
FILAMENT
+5V
VSVM
+200V
FILAMENT
A4
EW_DRIVE
9002
+5V
To 3405, 3463,
3475
on
10
HOR.
DEFL.
COIL
A2
BCL
1454
5001
To TUNER
Pin 6.7
+200V
FILAMENT
3351
VT_SUPPLY
+200A
To TUNER
Pin 9
6001
-/C33
FOCUS VG2
6484
B1
1404
1
6571
5561 6562
Vbatt
6483
FILAMENT
1351
1
HDRIVE
-Vaudio
TO
CRT
7404
5520
A3 TUNER IF
VSVM
V_DG
B2 SCAVEM
+Vbatt
A5 FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES
A8 REAR I/O CINCH
6452
-12V
Vbutter
Vbutter
+6VA
1221
3571
12
7571
A6 CLASS D
3575
3401
3576
7573
STANDBY
CIRCUIT
1903
+Vaudio
VT_SUPPLY
6456
1452
+9V
9910
3457
2456
V_DG
3455
2564
10
6459
To
VERTICAL
DEFLECTION
3610
+8V
+3V
+3V (N.C.)
+3V
+3V
+6V
+6V
3210
2X
+6V
LINEARITY & PANORAMA
4604
+9V
+6VS
Vaux
7603
L78L33ACZ
D
7535
7200
HERCULES
PWM1
115
DECDIG
3206
A1
A1
Stdby_Con
15
1X
16
POWER_DOWN
31
1212
12
3610
6610
9613
+8V
+5V
+5V
7203
3208
LTI/CTI
+3.3V
+1.8V_B
only used in sets with DVD
+3.3V
7201-2
3209
COLD GROUND
+6V
1462
7204
G
7536
HOT GROUND
1X
+1.8V_A
3211
S
FRONT INTERFACE
1693
Vbuffer
1X
2X
6537
1X
2536
Vbuffer
2X
1693
+8V
9605
+6VA
5537
To 3-6692
(IR_REC)
6694
-/C5V1
6610
+3V
6536
To LED
+9VA_1
+6VA
6676
3693
3639
A4 HERCULES
2535
3690
+9VA
+6VA
A4
3565
6535
+5V
+9V
2X
A9 FRONT CONTROL
12
VT_SUPPLY
POWER-DOWN
6566
+9V
6454
+6VA (To 3445)

6565
+9V
6455
3532
6564
A2
4611
* see diversity table

6573
5531
+9V
9911 *
A4
7561
1212
To 6403, 3480,
3420, b-7401,
c-7403
on
3485
Vaudio+1
+9V
FILAMENT
STDBY_CON
VIDEO SUPPLY
3484
(RESERVED)
+3V3
7515
TCET1103
6453
To 6407
on A2
AUDIO AMP
REFERENCE
CIRCUIT
3458
7605
2X
1X
3608
3295
7201-1
+5V
VT_SUPPLY 3606
+5V
7210
6207
+3.3V
G
S
+3.3V
7209
7604
RESET +5V
D
3607
A4
3609
2204
+Vbutter
+Vbutter
+6V
+6V
3217
7202
+8V
+8V
I2C BUS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM

A4 HERCULES
+3.3V
PIP MODULE (optional)

A5 FEATURES & CONNECTIONS
+3.3V
A3 TUNER IF
A5
F1 PIP POWER SUPPLY
LTI/CTI INTERFACE
F2
ERROR CODE LIST
TUNER IF
ERR
6
3202
PART OF
VIDEOPROCESSER
(HERCULES)
3204
1206
7200
20
SET
PROCESSOR
21
6210
1214
SDA
SDA
SCL
SCL
3605
6211
3601
ERR
19,20
1215
3214
+3.3V
22
1206
3207
WRITE_PROTECT
3604
3001
3000
3616
7601
PCF8511
EEPROM
(NVM)
1000
TUNER
ERR
9
ERR
10
14
1005
1
2
For
COMPAIR
only
3617
11
3244
3243
3002
3001
3207
10
7610
TDA9178T
LTI/CTI
PROC.
7242
SDA9488X
PIP
PROC.
1000
UV1316
TUNER
PIP
7201
TDA9887
PIP
IF
DEMO.
ERR
15
ERR
12
ERR
4
ERR
16
3206
Error
0
1
Device
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Error description
No Error
X-Ray/Over -voltage protection (US
only)
High beam (BCI) protection
Not applicable
Vert ical guard protection
Not applicable
+5v protection
6
9
I2C bus
24C16
10
Tuner
11
TDA6107/A
15
TDA9178T/N1
19
TDA1200x
20
TDA1200x
11
Check item
Diagram
2411, 2412, 2413,

6404, 6411, 6412
3404, 7405
A2
3466, 7451, 7452,

7453, 7454
7604, 7605
A5
General I2C error

I2C error while communicating
with the EEPROM
7200, 3207, 3214

7601, 3604, 3605
A4
A5

with the PLL tuner
Black current loop instability
protection
I2C error while communicatin g
with LTI module
with SSD stereo sound decoder
1000, 5001
A3
7330, 3351, CRT
B1

with video cosmic in Hercules IC
A2
A2
7610
7200
A4
7200
A4
E_14480_026.eps
270204
Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts
L04L AA
7.
44
7. Circuit Diagrams and PWB Layouts

Mono Carrier: Power Supply
1
2
POWER SUPPLY
1503
LKS1AF
4
F542
"$"
1 F508
6500
2507
2505
2n2
RES
AUDIO_GND2
5513
I571
6572
I575
7513
TCET1103(G)
2573
10n
3563
6564
220R
BAS316
REG
2V7
10X
+
11 AUX
I536
3538
POWER-UP
RESET
2.5V
100p
2K2
2549
3537
4n7
2533
100K
3531
10n
2544
GND
SGND
4R7
I540 2
1u0
4535
BAS316
6536
+6VA
470P
SS22220-03
470p
6537
I539
10n
9512
STPS10L60D
2543
2540
2n2
+6V
2548
9537
RES
1u0
Vaux_GND F537
4536
Vaux
10
HOT
1n
COLD
I547
Vaux_GND
2m2 16V
+3V
F536
RES
2539
Vaux_GND
5537
SB180
RES
5536
100n
1u0
Vaux_GND
RES
2535
8
Vaux_GND
9
I538
2566
2547
9536
4537
6576
3532
5535
A2,
A4(3x)
7535
SI2307DS
I548
I546
B
A4
3535
I545
1K0
7536
PDTC143ZT
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
For IDTV Only
3536
1545
Provision For
Lightning Protection
0V3
FOR MAINS 120V AC 170V (177V)

220V AC 309V (317V)
..V.. Normal Operation
(..V..) Standy Mode
"$"
2545
2546
For IDTV Only
SOURCE 0V
3542
I529
12 I532
1R8 (Basic)
2R2 (IDTV)
1.8
BLANK
0V3
I531
68p
PROT
LOGIC
I544
Vaux_GND
7
1u0
SB160
68K
2534
LOW FREQ
8K2
470p
3533
2531
THERMAL
SHTDWN
OSC
6540
I537
POWER_DOWN
BAS316
I565
6535
5534
5531
3V3 F564
-17V7
3565
RES
1m0 6.3V
2536
5532
3539 3R3
RC
1V
33P
9532
STOP
T315MA
2550
-8V3
PWM
I535
5
DRAIN 14
VALLEY
LOGIC
470P
4534 RES
*
*
F535
6566
6565
Vaux_GND
2537
3
VCC
1532
For IDTV
Only
BZX384-B6V8
6533
3530
I533
SUPPLY
BZX384-B3V9
6531
BZX384-C15
I556
I557
6534
BAV21WS
100R
TEA1620 (Basic)
7531 TEA1623 (IDTV)
220R
100n
2512
7532
33u
3534
3V8
5533
13V
I554
330p
6532
10u
2530
3527
I555
6538
3528
2528
2532
I541
I553
1K2
3512
3K3
8V2
7561
PDTC143ZT
3518
15K
3519
6512
BAT54 COL
I527
2538
3572
2562
6V2
1K5
BZX384-B6V2
2 8V2
3577
I578
I577
9V3
6573
5V 3
2518
1u0
BZX79-C9V1
2515
1n5
470p
15V6
I523
470p
OVER
POWER
PROTECTION
6V8
220n
I519 100n
I521
BC547B
I561
470P
A4
7V6 7571
2570
3511 4R7 F510
11
2V2
330K
2513
MAXIMUM
ON-TIME
PROTECTION
I518
2519
OUTPUT
DRIVER
1K0
47K
2516
1N5062
3520
Driver
3515
3522
9
0V
Stdby_Con
10n
10
2572
F573
82K
AUDIO_GND1
7573
PDTC114ET
I576
15n
3575
11
470R
+6VA
4K7
2K2
2571
I573
A2
I574
3579
3578
12
I572
3571
3576
3K3
A1
100n
14
5511
3524
2514
7
0V
I520
15
*
AUDIO_GND2
13
100p
CURRENT
SENSING
POWER-ON
RESET
BURST
DETECTOR
1n0
RGP10D
2517
Sense
CIRCUIT
0V
6511
I516
D 295V
S
0V
4
I515
6571
BAV70
2564
100n
RES
CONTROL
*
INPUT
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
7512
I524
LOGIC
OVER
TEMPERATURE
PROTECTIOM
Ctrl
Demag
3514
START-UP
CURRENT SOURCE
B
+16V
1n
9513
RES
HVS
VOLTAGE
CONTRLLED
OSCILLATOR
FREQUENCY
CONTROL
*
2V3
G
-16V
F561
3574
Gnd
3529
(For
Lightning
Protection)
I513
14
297V
VALLEY
TO 1013 OF
Drain
CURRENT SOURCE
3517
2511
3M3
1510
START-UP
SUPPLY
MANAGEMENT
AUDIO_GND1
2561
17
22u 50V
Vcc
6562
16
3521
3M3
3500
3501
1n5
2
15V5
-Vaudio
F562
0V
2V3
9514
+Vaudio
2K2
7514
BC847B
1507
For 70W Subwoofer
7511
TEA1506T/N1
I511
I562
5561
DSP
F563
2565
5512
I514
3513
3503
I517
I505
3M3
2509
3506
For
Lightning
Protection
F504
1542
For Heatsink
18
BAS316
9508
6575
1509
For DVD
1R
*
1n
3516 0R1
I504
3502
3
9504
1508
*
*
6563
2542
F509
47K
6514
F507
MAINS SWITCH
I579
5562
F551
140V
I502
-T
4R7
I507 9511
RES
2
3
DMF-2405
9503
RES
3510
F505
Vbatt
1535
3
2
1
1543
Vaux_GND
9505
RES
2508
5500
2502
9502
*
*
1M5
9501
RES
5501 4
9500
For ITV only
3504
1505
1506
6
5
470n
3505
*
*
9507
F506
2500
I503
T4E.250V
F503
2504
*
1
4
DMF-2810
1500
1n
15K
5503
5552
27u
Vaux_GND
2m2 10V
Vaux_GND
AUDIO_GND1
F552
3573
+t
RES
*
2551
2552
33n
AUDIO_GND2
6551
I551
2563
2503
470R
9509
100u 160V
2506
3509
2541
7541
BC857B
I552
5551
F541
I501
9506
47u 25V
3508
Audio_Gnd
16V4
2n2
9510
BZX384-C12
16V4
5502
3507
I506
I542
47K
6541
3541
1
2
1502
PFC5000
2553
180P
+t
+t
1501
PFC5000
11
I543
RES
2501
F501
Rp
3523
Rs
F502
F500
10
V_DG
DEGAUSSING COIL
1504
NC
1 2 7 9 10 13 15 16
HOT GROUND
COLD GROUND
E_14480_006.eps
270204
3139 123 5673.1
10
11
1500 B2
1501 A2
1502 A3
1503 A7
1504 A1
1505 B1
1506 B1
1507 C4
1508 C1
1509 C1
1510 D1
1532 E6
1535 A10
1542 B7
1543 B10
1545 G6
2500 B3
2501 A3
2502 B4
2503 A6
2504 B6
2505 B6
2506 A5
2507 B6
2508 B4
2509 C1
2511 D1
2512 E2
2513 E5
2514 D6
2515 D6
2516 D5
2517 E2
2518 E6
2519 D5
2528 F1
2530 F2
2531 F3
2532 F2
2533 G3
2534 F5
2535 F9
2536 F9
2537 F8
2538 E8
2539 F8
2540 F8
2541 A7
2542 B7
2543 F6
2544 G2
2545 F6
2546 F6
2547 E10
2548 F10
2549 G3
2550 F6
2551 A8
2552 A9
2553 A10
2561 C8
2562 C9
2563 B9
2564 E9
2565 B8
2566 E10
2570 D7
2571 C9
2572 D10
2573 E7
3500 C1
3501 C1
3502 C3
3503 C4
3504 B3
3505 B3
3506 C1
3507 A3
3508 A5
3509 A3
3510 B5
3511 D6
3512 E2
3513 C6
3514 D5
3515 D5
3516 D5
3517 E4
3518 E4
3519 F1
3520 D6
3521 C6
3522 D5
3523 A3
3524 C5
3527 F2
3528 F1
3529 D1
3530 F3
3531 G2
3532 E6
3533 F3
3534 F2
3535 F9
3536 F10
3537 G3
3538 G5
3539 G5
3541 A7
3542 F6
3563 E8
3565 E9
3571 C8
3572 C10
3573 D9
3574 D9
3575 D9
3576 D9
3577 D8
3578 C8
3579 C9
4534 E8
4535 F8
4536 F9
4537 E9
5500 B4
5501 B3
5502 A5
5503 B5
5511 C6
5512 B7
5513 E5
5531 E7
5532 F5
5533 F2
5534 E8
5535 F8
5536 E9
5537 F9
5551 A8
5552 A10
5561 B8
5562 B8
6500 A6
6511 E1
6512 E1
6514 C6
6531 F2
6532 F2
6533 E3
6534 F3
6535 E8
6536 F8
6537 F8
6538 F1
6540 F6
6541 A8
6551 A8
6562 B8
6563 B8
6564 E9
6565 E9
6566 E10
6571 C10
6572 D8
6573 D7
6575 D6
6576 E8
7511 C2
7512 C5
7513 E7
7514 C5
7531 E3
7532 F2
7535 F9
7536 G10
7541 A7
7561 D10
7571 D9
7573 C9
9500 B2
9501 B3
9502 B4
9503 B3
9504 B4
9505 B5
9506 A5
9507 B2
9508 C2
9509 A10
9510 A9
9511 B5
9512 F6
9513 C8
9514 B10
9532 F5
9536 E9
9537 F9
F500 A1
F501 A1
F502 A5
F503 B2
F504 C2
F505 B2
F506 B3
F507 B3
F508 B6
F509 B6
F510 D6
F535 E10
F536 E10
F537 F10
F541 A7
F542 A7
F551 B10
F552 A9
F561 B10
F562 B9
F563 B10
F564 D11
F573 C10
I501 A6
I502 B6
I503 B1
I504 C1
I505 C1
I506 A5
I507 B5
I511 C2
I513 C5
I514 C6
I515 C6
I516 C6
I517 C5
I518 D5
I519 D5
I520 E4
I521 D6
I523 D6
I524 C6
I527 E2
I529 F6
I531 G3
I532 F5
I533 E5
I535 E6
I536 G2
I537 E8
I538 F8
I539 F8
I540 F7
I541 F1
I542 A7
I543 A7
I544 F6
I545 G9
I546 F10
I547 F9
I548 F10
I551 A8
I552 A8
I553 F1
I554 F1
I555 F1
I556 F3
I557 F3
I561 D8
I562 B8
I565 E9
I571 D8
I572 C8
I573 C8
I574 C9
I575 D7
I576 C9
I577 D8
I578 D9
I579 B8
L04L AA
7.
45
Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A1 (Power Supply)
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR

MAIN RANGE
32RF
FR
VBATT
130V
130V
26WSRF
30WSRF
32FSQ
143V
AUDIO
OUTPUT
1508
2X5W
2X10W
---
2X5W
2X10W
---
2X5W
2X10W
---
1510
---
---
SET
200V 470U 200V 470U

----------------250V 1N5
250V 1N5
----1MA/423V 1MA/423V
------144V 3R
----100R
100R
0R18
0R18
--------------145V 1R5
15K
15K
150K
150K
--------SS40310-01 SS40310-01
GBU4JL
GBU6JL
----STTH8L06D BYV29X-500
UDZS9.1B UDZS9.1B
FQPF9N50 FQPF9N50
----JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
2505
2506
2508
2509
2528
2542
2570
3505
3506
3507
3508
3514
3520
3527
3528
3529
3523
3565
3574
5500
5502
5512
6500
6538
6551
6565
7512
7532
9502
9504
9506
LATAM / AP
LR
27RF
27FSQ
10
POWER SUPPLY
NAFTA
REGION
21RF
130V
2X10W
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
--WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
200V 470U 400V 330U
------275V 100N
--250V 1N5
470N
--250V 1N5
250V 1N
--250V 470P
1MA/423V 1MA/612V
--3M3
--144V 3R
----100R
47R
0R18
0R33
--47K
--1M
--2M2
--276V 4R5
15K
18K
150K
33K
--10MH 2A
----SS40312-01 SS42315-01
GBU4JL
GBU6JL
BAS316
--BYV29X-500 STTH8L06D
UDZS9.1B UDZS7.5B
FQPF9N50 FQPF7N80
--BC857B
--JMP
--JMP
JMP
JMP
25RF
29FSQ
29RF
29RF
28WSSF
28WSRF
32WSRF
130V
130V
130V
143V
143V
2X5W
2X5W
2X10W
2X5W
2X10W
2X10W
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
180 SIN
180 SIN
180 SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
18ST BK
18ST BK
18ST BK
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
400 SIN
400 SIN
400 SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
18ST BK
18ST BK
18ST BK
18ST BK
400V 330U
400V 330U
400V 330U
400V
330U
400V 330U
----------275V 100N
275V 100N
275V 100N
275V 100N
275V 100N
250V 1N5
250V 1N5
250V 1N5
250V 1N5
250V 1N5
470N
470N
470N
470N
470N
250V 1N
250V 1N
250V 1N
250V 1N
250V 1N
250V 470P
250V 470P
250V 470P
250V 470P
250V 470P
1MA/612V
1MA/612V
1MA/612V
1MA/612V
1MA/612V
3M3
3M3
3M3
3M3
3M3
--------------------47R
47R
47R
47R
47R
0R33
0R33
0R22
0R33
0R22
47K
47K
47K
47K
47K
1M
1M
1M
1M
1M
2M2
2M2
2M2
2M2
2M2
276V 4R5
276V4R5
276V 4R5
276V 4R5
276V 4R5
18K
18K
18K
18K
18K
150K
150K
150K
33K
33K
10MH 2A
10MH 2A
10MH 2A
10MH 2A
10MH 2A
----------SS42315-01
SS42315-01
SS49309-01
SS42316-01
SS49308-01
GBU4JL
GBU6JL
GBU6JL
GBU6JL
GBU6JL
BAS316
BAS316
BAS316
BAS316
BAS316
BYV29X-500
STTH8L06D
STTH8L06D
STTH8L06D
STTH8L06D
UDZS7.5B
UDZS7.5B
UDZS7.5B
UDZS7.5B
UDZS7.5B
STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP STP10NK8OZFP
BC857B
BC857B
BC857B
BC857B
BC857B
--------------------JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
21/25RF
130V
2X10W
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
450V 220U
--275V 100N
250V 1N5
470N
250V 1N
250V 470P
1MA/612V
3M3
----47R
0R33
47K
1M
2M2
276V 4R5
15K
150K
20MH 1A5
--SS42315-01
GBU4JL
BAS316
STTH8L06D
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80
BC857B
----JMP
CHINA
INDIA
HR
HR
29RF
34RF
130V
130V
2X10W
2X5W
2X10W
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
18ST BK
450V 220U 450V 220U
400V 33N
400V 33N
275V 100N 275V 100N
250V 1N5
250V 1N5
470N
470N
250V 1N
250V 1N
250V 470P 250V 470P
1MA/612V 1MA/612V
3M3
3M3
----470R
470R
47R
47R
0R33
0R33
47K
47K
1M
1M
2M2
2M2
276V 4R5
276V 4R5
15K
15K
150K
150K
20MH 1A5 20MH 1A5
65MH
65MH
SS42315-01 SS42315-01
GBU4JL BYV29X-500
BAS316
BAS316
STTH8L06D GBU4JL
UDZS10B UDZS10B
FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80
BC857B
BC857B
-------------
21/29RF
EUROPE
HR
21/29RF
29FSQ
21RF
29RF
28WSSF
29RF
24WR
25/28BLD
130V
130V
130V
130V
130V
143V
2X5W
2X10+20W
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
450V 220U
----250V 1N5
470N
250V 1N
250V 470P
1MA/612V
3M3
----47R
0R33
47K
1M
2M2
276V 4R5
15K
150K
----SS42315-01
GBU4JL
BAS316
STTH8L06D
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80
BC857B
JMP
JMP
JMP
2X15W
2X5W
2X10W
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
400V 220U
--275V 100N
250V 1N5
470N
250V 1N
250V 470P
1MA/612V
3M3
----47R
0R33
47K
1M
2M2
276V 4R5
15K
150K
20MH 1A5
--SS42315-01
GBU4JL
BAS316
STTH8L06D
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80
BC857B
----JMP
2X5W
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
400V 220U
--275V 100N
250V 1N5
470N
250V 1N
250V 470P
1MA/612V
3M3
----47R
0R33
47K
1M
2M2
276V 4R5
15K
150K
20MH 1A5
--SS42315-01
GBU4JL
BAS316
STTH8L06D
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80
BC857B
----JMP
2X10W
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
400V 220U
400V 33N
275V 100N
250V 1N5
470N
250V 1N
250V 470P
1MA/612V
3M3
--470R
47R
0R33
47K
1M
2M2
276V 4R5
15K
150K
20MH 1A5
65MH
SS42315-01
GBU4JL
BAS316
STTH8L06D
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80
BC857B
-------
2X5W
2X10W
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
400V 220U
--275V 100N
250V 1N5
470N
250V 1N
250V 470P
1MA/612V
3M3
----47R
0R33
47K
1M
2M2
276V 4R5
15K
33K
20MH 1A5
--SS42316-01
GBU4JL
BAS316
STTH8L06D
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80
BC857B
----JMP
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
450V 220U
----250V 1N5
470N
250V 1N
250V 470P
1MA/612V
3M3
----47R
0R33
47K
1M
2M2
276V 4R5
15K
150K
----SS42317-01
GBU4JL
BAS316
STTH8L06D
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80
BC857B
JMP
JMP
JMP
28WSRF
32WSRF
143V
143V
2X5W
2X5W
2X10W
2X10W
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
180 SIN
180 SIN
18ST BK
18ST BK
WIRE SIN
WIRE SIN
400 SIN
400 SIN
18ST BK
18ST BK
400V 220U 400V 220U
400V 33N
400V 33N
275V 100N
275V 100N
250V 1N5
250V 1N5
470N
470N
250V 1N
250V 1N
250V 470P 250V 470P
1MA/612V
1MA/612V
3M3
3M3
----470R
470R
47R
47R
0R33
0R33
47K
47K
1M
1M
2M2
2M2
276V 4R5
276V 4R5
15K
15K
33K
33K
20MH 1A5
20MH 1A5
65MH
38MH
SS42316-01 SS42316-01
GBU4JL
GBU4JL
BAS316
BAS316
STTH8L06D BYV29X-500
UDZS10B
UDZS10B
FQPF7N80 FQPF7N80
BC857B
BC857B
-------------
AUDIO
2X5W
2X10W
2X10+20W
2X15W
OUTPUT
----2A 250V
2A250V
1543
25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF
2562
25V 1000uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF 25V 2200uF
2563
220R
680R
3571
220R
220R
220R
3572
220R
220R
470R
SB360
6562
SB360
SB360
SB380
SB360
6563
SB360
SB360
SB380
----JMP
9514
JMP
E_14480_019.eps
190204
3139 123 5673.1
REGION NAFTA
ROW
--1506
Main Switch
--9507
JMP
--9508
JMP
10
L04L AA
7.
46
Mono Carrier: Deflection
8
+9V
I445
3487
F402
+9V
I455
I457
1R
MRT
6453
4K7
3498
1453
RES
7484
BC847B
56n
1V3
I434 0V2
2428
2425
BAS316
1K0
1V7
1u0 16V
RES
3493
10K
RES
3483
3K3
3494
3482
6451
BAV21WS
*6483
100n
3481
RES
2480
3n3
2484
RGP10D
15K
3474
1u0
22u 100V
2470
24V
A4
3437
-0V8
2K0
I471
2464
7453
BD136
3470
-1V9
-11V8
7452
BF422
22R
2469
220n
-12V4
-1V1
F458
1
I472
-1V6
4437
220R
7454
BC847B
I464
F461
2465
-0V6
1451
2
-12V4
VERTICAL
DEFLECTION COIL
F459
3461
Frame_FB
A2
3R3
3471
3472
2K2
3R3
VDRB
A4
Vguard
0V5
470p
-12V
8K2
15n
I463
7451
BD135
I461
3464
6458
3463
-12V4
I468
-12V
F457
330R
2463 50V 100u
6457
7455
BC857B
-12V4
0V8
7456
BC857B
3469
3475
I462
6488
BAS316
3V6
RES
3495
1K5
3V3
FRAME DEFLECTION
3427
I425 I417
9451
I426
6489
BZX384-C33
820K
470R
3440
3420
7410
BC857B
I421
5451
RGP10D
220R
2467
F460
2K2
100K
VDRA
A4
330R
7411
BC857B
I431
Vbatt
F456
3468
1n
2462
2K2
2461
9407
3462
1K0
1n0
3436
100K
I422
2V8
2490
RGP10D
1R
MRT
I460
1n
3 SC21329
3460
470R
10n
2457
9417
15K
2418
2
0V8
I415
6455
2456 47n I456
1452
I467
1V4
+9V
F466
F455
4R7
3465
7406
KTC2800
3418
100R
3457
6456
CI-15
5406
2
3428 2R2
EW_DRIVE
A4
3446
2482
6484
BAV21WS
F454
6454
4R7
9402
BY228-1500
6491
9401
1R0
0V6
EW DRIVE
E_14480_007.eps
270204
3139 123 5673.1
+9V
I416
27V6
3431
100p
VideoSupply
200V
6459
470p
I470
3425
3499
820K
2488
F453
1N4148
1R0
35m
BAV21WS
3497
BAV21WS
2455
16V 470u
16V 470u
6481
2459
1
Vbatt
2454
4R7
RGP15G
I423
2487
5405
6408
F452
Filament
3455
I475
I459
A2
F463
3458
I466
3485
I458
12
I449 BZX79-B5V1
EHTb
RGP10D
I428
2419
6480
3486
6K8
6452
I453
3484
I412
5403
I427
6K8
-12V
5408
6407
17V1
1R
3467
X-RAY PROT
3443
11
I473
2492
6410 RGP10D
BYV29X-500
2412
6412
DMV1500M
AK
2416
1n
A4
A4
3478
3466
F419
BYV29X-500
2413
F407
2408
6K8
1454
2460
33R
I414
0V
6411
A4
1
0V7
I465
3417
I430
6404
I413
HDRIVE
10
RGP10D
0V
K
7404
SI2306DS
of CRT PANEL
BCL
7481
BC857B
18V1
BAS316
4u7
2458
2415
RGP10D
10n
2489
126V
3 PSD10-204B 6
1u0
To
2468
33n
2403
I410
2411
5402
1
1K0
100n
F418
3
4V5
RES
2414
F464
6406
I418
3416
2409
2K2
6450
6K8
1404
3404
68V
680K
3415
VG2
3442
3R3
7405
BU4508DX
680K
EHTinfo
F462
3476
I452
FOCUS
6442
2420
1470
2u2 100V
100n
RGP10D
TO 1382 of
F465
6441
3414
I419
8K2
I448
I469
3410
2486 100p
BZX384-C12
3441
2410
+9V
I409
33n
I406
-2V2
47R
TO PICTURE TUBE
3430
1V
EHT
F416
F417
2417
6V
2402
6443
3K3
F412
* 5450
BAS316
3406
4u7 50V
2401
68R
I405
6486
BAV21
6403
COIL
1K8
7408
BC847B
3489
HORIZONTAL
LOT
OR
To 1404 of
3405
A4
680p
3409
56K
F451
680K
3454
DEFLECTION
I404
-12V
+6VA
RES
3473
I401
1K0
3445
3492
RES
2406
I407
3407
A2
4492
2491
3477
BEAM CURRENT
MEASUREMENT
220R
A1
47n
I429
0V
470u 16V
3403
390R
Frame_FB
POWER_DOWN
2483
6V2
I424
56K
I451
I474
BC847B
DAF
1401
7483
2V6
BC857B
10u 50V
BZX384-C4V7
2453
2405
A2
7403
I403
7402
BC847B
F415
BYD33V
F404 4
EHTb
F414
3452
6482
BZX384-C6V8
1V7
3491
2451
680K
6401
3451
3453
I433
22R
5401
I402
Filament
3411
15n
220R
3434
3432
I432
33R
0V5
7V9
2481
I444
0V
L.LIN
2427
1n 2KV
68K
7401
BUH2M20AP
47u
CRT PANEL
1
3401
VideoSupply
7480
BC857B
3433
9410
2404
+9V
1K0
3412
To 1351 of
F401
HD
F420
RES
Vbatt
VT_Supply
10K
I446
22K
I443
3488
3490
(For A80ERF042X14
Tube Only)
5410
10
7482
PDTA114ET
LINE + FRAME DEFLECTIONFrom LOT 5450

1402
220p
2K2
3480
10
1401 B2
1402 A3
1404 B5
1451 F9
1452 D8
1453 G2
1454 C8
1470 B8
2401 B3
2402 C4
2403 C4
2404 A4
2405 B4
2406 A5
2408 D2
2409 C2
2410 D2
2411 D4
2412 D4
2413 D4
2414 D1
2415 C5
2416 D5
2417 C5
2418 C6
2419 D5
2420 D1
2425 G4
2427 A5
2428 G4
2451 B8
2453 B8
2454 C9
2455 C9
2456 D9
2457 C8
2458 C9
2459 D7
2460 D8
2461 E6
2462 E7
2463 E8
2464 F8
2465 E9
2467 F9
2468 E8
2469 F8
2470 E9
2480 C9
2481 A8
2482 F3
2483 A9
2484 C9
2486 C3
2487 E4
2488 E3
2489 C3
2490 D9
2491 A9
2492 D5
3401 A2
3403 B2
3404 C5
3405 B2
3406 B3
3407 B3
3409 B4
3410 B4
3411 A4
3412 B5
3414 C1
3415 C2
3416 C4
3417 C5
3418 F2
3420 G2
3425 E4
3427 G5
3428 F5
3430 C4
3431 F4
3432 A5
3433 A6
3434 A6
3436 E4
3437 E9
3440 G3
3441 C2
3442 B8
3443 B8
3445 C1
3446 F3
3451 A6
3452 A7
3453 B7
3454 A8
3455 D7
3457 D8
3458 C8
3460 F6
3461 F7
3462 E7
3463 F7
3464 E8
3465 E7
3466 E9
3467 E9
3468 F9
3469 F7
3470 F8
3471 F9
3472 F9
3473 A8
3474 E10
3475 D10
3476 A9
3477 A8
3478 B9
3480 A7
3481 C9
3482 B9
3483 B10
3484 C8
3485 D8
3486 B9
3487 A8
3488 A7
3489 C1
3490 A8
3491 A8
3492 A9
3493 B8
3494 B9
3495 G2
3497 E3
3498 G2
3499 E1
4437 E9
4492 A9
5401 B6
5402 C3
5403 E4
5405 E4
5406 E5
5408 E6
5410 A5
5450 B6
5451 D10
6401 A4
6403 C1
6404 D4
6406 C5
6407 E2
6408 E3
6410 D5
6411 D4
6412 D4
6441 C3
6442 C3
6443 C2
6450 B9
6451 B8
6452 C8
6453 C8
6454 D9
6455 D9
6456 D7
6457 E7
6458 E8
6459 D8
6480 B9
6481 C8
6482 A10
6483 C9
6484 C10
6486 C1
6488 G5
6489 G5
6491 D5
7401 A3
7402 B3
7403 B4
7404 D2
7405 C4
7406 F3
7408 C2
7410 G2
7411 F3
7451 E9
7452 F8
7453 F8
7454 E8
7455 E6
7456 E7
7480 A7
7481 B9
7482 A9
7483 A8
7484 G3
9401 D5
9402 D6
9407 E6
9410 A5
9417 C6
9451 D10
F401 A1
F402 A1
F404 B2
F407 D3
F412 C1
F414 A5
F415 A5
F416 B6
F417 B6
F418 C4
F419 C4
F420 A5
F451 A9
F452 C10
F453 C10
F454 C8
F455 D9
F456 D10
F457 E8
F458 F9
F459 F9
F460 F6
F461 F6
F462 A9
F463 C9
F464 C6
F465 C6
F466 D9
I401 B2
I402 A3
I403 B3
I404 B3
I405 B3
I406 C3
I407 B4
I409 B4
I410 C5
I412 D5
I413 D2
I414 C3
I415 F3
I416 E3
I417 G2
I418 C3
I419 C1
I421 G4
I422 F5
I423 E4
I424 A8
I425 G2
I426 G5
I427 E2
I428 D5
I429 A9
I430 C5
I431 G3
I432 A5
I433 A4
I434 G2
I443 A7
I444 A7
I445 A8
I446 A9
I448 B7
I449 B9
I451 A7
I452 B8
I453 C8
I455 C7
I456 D9
I457 C7
I458 D7
I459 D7
I460 E7
I461 E8
I462 D9
I463 F7
I464 F8
I465 B7
I466 C8
I467 D8
I468 F7
I469 A8
I470 E7
I471 E8
I472 F9
I473 D5
I474 A5
I475 D7
L04L AA
7.
47
Mono Carrier: Diversity Table for A2 (Deflection)
DIVERSITY TABLE FOR
Region
10
11
DEFLECTION
NAFTA
LATAM
AP
CHINA
INDIA
Tube
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
SMGK
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
SMGK
CPT
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
CPD
LPD
SMGK
Size
27 V
28 WR
29 RF
32 V
32 V RF
32 WR
25 RF
25 RF
27V
28WS
28WR
32WR
29RF
21RF
25RF
29RF
32WR
34RF
25RF
21RF
29RF
34RF
21RF
29RF
29FSQ
2.2nF
1.5nF
680pF
330pF
1.2nF
470pF
1.2nF
12nF
13nF
15nF
15nF
12nF
13nF
15nF
18nF
33nF
39nF
33nF
120nF
15nF
33nF
4n7
3n3
270nF
330nF
470nF
390nF
390nF
2u2
2u2
430nF
2u2
390nF
2u2
10nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
150nF
180nF
150nF
180nF
180nF
150nF
100nF
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
2n2
1n5
1n5
1n5
1n5
1n5
47n
47n
560K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
8K2 5%
8K2 5%
10K 5%
8K2 5%
8K2 5%
8K2 5%
8K2 5%
2R2 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
0R33 1W 5%
3R3 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
6R8 1W 5%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
10K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
68K 1%
82K 1%
68K 1%
68K 1%
75K 1%
68K 1%
82K 1%
18K 5%
15K 5%
18K 5%
6K8 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
6K8 5%
33K 5%
22K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
22K 5%
33K 5%
22K 5%
120R 5%
120R 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
150R 5%
150R 5%
150R 5%
150R 5%
1R8 1%
2R2 1%
2R4 1%
2R7 1%
2R4 1%
2R2 1%
3R3 1%
2R2 1%
2R7 1%
2R4 1%
3R3 1%
2R4 1%
2R 1%
820K 5%
820K 5%
680K 5%
390K 5%
820K 5%
820K 5%
680K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
12K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
4R7 5%
5R6 5%
5R6 5%
10R 5%
2R7 5%
5R6 5%
22K 1%
22K 1%
22K 1%
2K4 1%
22K 1%
22K 1%
56K 1%
56K 1%
56K 1%
5K6 1%
56K 1%
56K 1%
100K 5%
100K 5%
82K 5%
100K 5%
68K 5%
82K 5%
100K 5%
150K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
100K 5%
180K 5%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
330K- 5%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
33uH
42uH
25uH
33uH
42uH
50uH
33uH
SC2132 9-00B
CU15
CU15
SC2132 9-00B
CU15
CU15
JF0501-21835B JF0501-85021B JF0501-21836B JF0501-21140B JF0101-85020B JF0101-85021B JF0501-21835B
27uH 10%
27uH 10%
JMP
JMP
JMP
33uH 10%
33uH 10%
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
BY229X-800
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BY359X-1500
BU4508DX
BU2725DX
BU2725DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU2725DX
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
-
2411
2412
2413
2416
2418
2419
2425
2451
2457
2487
2490
3224
3295
3414
3431
3451
3452
3453
3467
3468
3471
3472
3473
3474
3481
3482
3483
3491
3494
3499
5401
5408
5450
5451
6404
6411
6412
7405
9407
9417
Region
680nF
15nF
33nF
360nF
2u2
33nF
100nF
4u7
1n5
680K 5%
8K2 5%
1R 1W 5%
82K 1%
68K 1%
18K 5%
33K 5%
120R 5%
150R 5%
2R4 1%
2R4 1%
820K 5%
15K 5%
100K 5%
680K- 5%
37uH
CU15
JF0501-2153B
27uH 10%
DVM1500M
BU4508DX
JMP
-
1.5nF
330pF
470pF
1.2nF
1.2nF
220pF
680nF
1.2nF
330pF
15nF
12nF
15nF
13nF
13nF
15nF
13nF
8n2
15nF
120nF
18nF
15nF
68nF
33nF
33nF
18nF
18nF
39nF
3n3
2n2
3n3
390nF
330nF
220nF
360nF
330nF
470nF
390nF
430nF
2u2
2u2
2u2
430nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
150nF
120nF
150nF
180nF
100nF
120nF
120nF
220nF
180nF
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
3n3
1n5
1n5
1n5
1nF
1n5
1nF
1n5
47n
680K 5%
680K 5%
560K 5%
1M 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
10K 5%
8K2 5%
8K2 5%
8K2 5%
2K7 5%
8K2 5%
10K 5%
8K2 5%
8K2 5%
1R 1W 5%
4R7 1W 5%
2R2 1W 5%
6R8 1W 5%
0R33 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
6R8 1W 5%
10R 1W 5%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
68K 1%
120K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
68K 1%
82K 1%
68K 1%
68K 1%
82K 1%
18K 5%
27K 5%
15K 5%
6K8 5%
15K 5%
18K 5%
18K 5%
15K 5%
6K8 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
22K 5%
22K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
22K 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
120R 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
150R 5%
220R 5%
1R8 1%
1R8 1%
2R2 1%
2R7 1%
2R2 1%
2R4 1%
2R4 1%
1R8 1%
3R3 1%
3R3 1%
2R4 1%
3R3 1%
2R2 1%
3R9 1%
2R4 1%
2R4 1%
3R3 1%
680K 5%
820K 5%
1M 5%
390K 5%
1M 5%
390K 5%
820K 5%
680K 5%
820K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
12K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
5R6 5%
5R6 5%
4R7 5%
4R7 5%
22K 1%
22K 1%
22K 1%
22K 1%
56K 1%
56K 1%
56K 1%
56K 1%
100K 5%
82K 5%
82K- 5%
100K 5%
82K 5%
82K 5%
100K 5%
82K 5%
82K 5%
180K 5%
680K 5%
680K 1%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
680K- 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
50uH
16uH
42uH
42uH
25uH
82uH
37uH
33uH
42uH
CU15
CU15
SC2132 9-00B
SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B SC2132 9-00B
CU15
JF0501-21835B JF0501-21133B JF0501-85021B JF0101-85021B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0101-85021B
JMP
27uH 10%
68uH 5%
27uH 10%
39uH 10%
JMP
27uH 10%
27uH 10%
0.58mm COL
DVM1500M
DMV1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
BY229X-80
BY229X-80
BY229X-800
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BY359X-1500
BY359X-1500
BY359X-1500
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU2725DX
BU2725DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU2725DX
BU4508DX
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
680nF
220pF
1.2nF
1nF
220pF
1.2nF
680pF
1nF
12nF
15nF
8n2
15nF
12nF
8n2
15nF
13nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
33nF
68nF
33nF
39nF
68nF
3n3
3n3
270nF
330nF
300nF
220nF
330nF
390nF
300nF
360nF
2u2
2u2
2u2
2u2
2u2
2u2
10nF
33nF
33nF
10nF
33nF
33nF
220nF
270nF
120nF
220nF
220nF
270nF
120nF
220nF
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
4u7
3n3
1n5
1nF
1nF
3n3
1nF
1nF
1nF
680K 5%
1M 5%
1M 5%
680K 5%
1M 5%
1M 5%
680K 5%
1M 5%
8K2 5%
10K 5%
7K5 1%
2K7 5%
10K 5%
8K2 5%
7K5 1%
8K2 5%
6R8 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
4R7 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
6R8 1W 5%
10R 1W 5%
1R 1W 5%
4R7 1W 5%
10K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
10K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
82K 1%
68K 1%
68K 1%
68K 1%
68K 1%
68K 1%
82K 1%
68K 1%
56K 1%
18K 5%
18K 5%
18K 5%
15K 5%
18K 5%
18K 5%
15K 5%
18K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
33K 5%
150R 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
120R 5%
150R 5%
220R 5%
120R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
150R 5%
220R 5%
150R 5%
2R4 1%
2R2 1%
2R4 1%
2R2 1%
2R2 1%
2R4 1%
3R9 1%
2R2 1%
2R2 1%
2R4 1%
4R7 1%
2R4 1%
2R2 1%
3R9 1%
2R4 1%
2R2 1%
430K 5%
820K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
430K 5%
390K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
15K 5%
82K 5%
82K 5%
82K 5%
56K 5%
82K 5%
100K- 5%
56K 5%
82K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K 5%
42uH
82uH
33uH
42uH
82uH
33uH
33uH
CU15
CU15
CU15
CU15
CU15
CU15
37uH
JF0501-2601B JF0501-2135B
JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2601B JF0501-2135B JF0501-2136B JF0501-2133B
22uH
27uH 10%
68uH 5%
27uH 10%
22uH
68uH 5%
27uH 10%
22uH 10%
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
DVM1500M
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
BU4508DX
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
-
EUROPE
Tube
LPD
LPD
Size
21RF
24 WR
2411
2412
2413
2416
2418
2419
2425
2451
2457
2487
2490
3224
3295
3414
3431
3451
3452
3453
3467
3468
3471
3472
3473
3474
3481
3482
3483
3491
3494
3499
5401
5408
5450
5451
6404
6411
6412
7405
9407
9417
470pF
8n2
33nF
470nF
2u2
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
47n
1M 5%
8K2 5%
4R7 1W
82K 1%
68K 1%
18K 5%
22K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
3R3 1%
3R3 1%
470K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K- 5%
82uH
CU15
1342.0033CY
22uH 10%
DVM1500M
BU4508DX
JMP
-
1n2
13nF
15nF
2n2
470nF
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
1M 5%
8K2 5%
4R7 1W
82K 1%
56K 1%
18K 5%
22K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
3R3 5%
3R3 1%
470K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K- 5%
37uH
SC21329-00B
1342.0048B
22uH 10%
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BU2725DX
JMP
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
LPD
25 I
28 I
29 RF
28 WR
28 WS
32 WR
470pF
9n1
18nF
390nF
470nF
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
1M 5%
8K2 5%
10R 1W 5%
82K 1%
120K 5%
18K 5%
33K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
1R5 1%
2R2 1%
680K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K- 5%
50uH
SC21329-00B
1342.0048B
27uH 10%
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BU2725DX
-
470pF
9n1
18nF
390nF
470nF
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
1M 5%
8K2 5%
10R 1W 5%
82K 1%
120K 5%
18K 5%
33K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
1R5 1%
2R2 1%
680K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K- 5%
50uH
SC21329-00B
1342.0048B
27uH 10%
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BU2725DX
-
1nF
13nF
33nF
360nF
2u2
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
1M 5%
8K2 5%
2R2 1W
82K 1%
68K 1%
18K 5%
33K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
2R2 1%
2R2 1%
680K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K- 5%
25uH
CU15
1362.0016AB
39uH 10%
DVM1500M
BU4508DX
JMP
-
680pF
11nF
15nF
4n7
430nF
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
1M 5%
8K2 5%
3R3 1W
82K 1%
68K 1%
18K 5%
22K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
1R5 1%
6R8 1%
470K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K- 5%
50uH
SC21329-00B
1362-0015AB
0.588 COL
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BU2725DX
JMP
680pF
11nF
15nF
2n2
470nF
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
1M 5%
8K2 5%
4R7 1W
82K 1%
68K 1%
18K 5%
22K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
3R3 1%
3R3 1%
470K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K- 5%
25uH
SC21329-00B
1342.0042CY
22uH 10%
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BU4508DX
JMP
680pF
11nF
15nF
4n7
430nF
33nF
220nF
4u7
1nF
1M 5%
8K2 5%
3R3 1W
68K 1%
18K 5%
220R 5%
220R 5%
1R5 1%
6R8 1%
470K 5%
15K 5%
56K 5%
56K 5%
680K 5%
680K 5%
25uH
SC21329-00B
1362-0015AB
33uH 10%
BY229X-800
BY359X-1500
BU2725DX
JMP
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_020.eps
190204
10
11
L04L AA
7.
48
Mono Carrier: Tuner IF
10
TUNER IF
+5V +5VS Vbuffer
2
I016
4000
ADC
2004
+5
6006
1K5
for ATSC
F009
2016
I007
F010
SSIF
1V1
*
*
I008
I012
0V3
1002
A4
7003
2013
2014
3018
*
I006
5V
I003
I005
3006
1012
5V
*
3008
3009
F011
I017
I004
VIF1
0V
A4
3007
SEL_LLP|M
3014
2008
4006
4010
RES
3010
6004
0V
VIF2
A4
IFGND
AP LNA
CH LNA
AP Splitter
UV1356A/A I G-3 TEDE9-703A UV1356A/A I G-3
50V 22P
50V 22P
50V 22P
100u
68u
100u
------------------------------------------------------0U39
0U47
0U39
-------
I009 2
GND_28
IFGND
10
4004
4002
* *
+5V
*
NA/LA/AP NTSC
EU Normal EU FM Radio EU Splitter
UV1316E/A I-4 UR1316/A I-3 TEDE9-703A TEDH9-305A
50V 22P
--50V 22P
50V 22P
68u
68u
68u
100u
----16V 100N
------25V 1N
----25V 1N
--------25V 1N
------330R
----820R
--------100K
----560R
------150K
----0U47
0U47
0U39
0U47
------BFS20
RF_AGC
A4
1
2
3
D
ITEM
1000
2002
2008
2009
2013
2014
2016
3010
3014
3016
3018
3019
5002
7003
F006
100R
2009
RES
2002
2001
1005
7001
PDTC124ET
A4
4003
5002
2003
I002
3001
3005
I011
RES
For Compair only
*
*
3002
3016
A4
100n
I001
3000
4001
I015 F008
(optional)
6003
RES
SDA
220R
FOR DVD
ONLY
BAS316
6002
3019
A4
SDA
4005
RES
1
2
3
I013
RES
I014 F007
F004
3004
SCL
SCL
4.9V
4.3V
AS
POWER SUPPLY
F003
11
15
1011
10
3003
MT
F002
34V5
2007
FOR EMC ONLY
2005
14
4.3V
TO 0282
OF
NC
VT_Supply
47n
TV TUNER
13
3020
BZX79-B8V2
1010
1004
5001
470u
12
2006
F005
BZX79-C33
FOR ITV ONLY
6001 10u 50V
F001
9002
1000
SWI
O1
4
(For Lightning Protection)
IN
ING GND
GND_28
* *
TO 1510 OF
1013
1003
O2
for EMC
4013
GND_28
GND_28
1001
IFGND
SIF2
EU-QSS
K9656M
K3953M
--50V 10N
10K
10K
2K2
6K8
2K2
JMP
------JMP
--BAS316
1SS356
PDTC124ET
NA/LA/AP INT
AP QSS
CH QSS
--K9352M
K9362M
--K7257M
M1971M
K6274M
------50V 10N
50V 10N
------10K
--10K
2K2
--2K2
6K8
6K8
--2K2
2K2
----JMP
JMP
----JMP
--JMP
--JMP
JMP
JMP
------JMP
JMP
----------1SS356
1SS356
--PDTC124ET PDTC124ET
SIF1
A4
4012
ITEM
1001
1002
1003
2003
3002
3006
3007
3008
3009
4002
4003
4004
4006
4011
4012
6002
6004
7001
4011
1u8
I010
5003
A4
GND_28
IFGND
E_14480_008.eps
200204
3139 123 5673.1
10
1000 A4
1001 E8
1002 D8
1003 D8
1004 A10
1005 C3
1010 A3
1011 B3
1012 C10
1013 D10
2001 C4
2002 C4
2003 B5
2004 B6
2005 B6
2006 A6
2007 A7
2008 B6
2009 C9
2013 C9
2014 C8
2016 C9
3000 B4
3001 B4
3002 B7
3003 A7
3004 B7
3005 B8
3006 D4
3007 D7
3008 D7
3009 C5
3010 C8
3014 C9
3016 C9
3018 C9
3019 C9
3020 A9
4000 B4
4001 B4
4002 E8
4003 B6
4004 E8
4005 A8
4006 B7
4010 C8
4011 E8
4012 F8
4013 E9
5001 A8
5002 B6
5003 E9
6001 B6
6002 B7
6003 B7
6004 C5
6006 A9
7001 D4
7003 C9
9002 A8
F001 A5
F002 A5
F003 A5
F004 B5
F005 A4
F006 B9
F007 B3
F008 B3
F009 D3
F010 C10
F011 C3
I001 B4
I002 B4
I003 C8
I004 C9
I005 D4
I006 D6
I007 C9
I008 D7
I009 D8
I010 E8
I011 B7
I012 C9
I013 A9
I014 B3
I015 B3
I016 A6
I017 D3
L04L AA
7.
49
Mono Carrier: Hercules
Vaux_GND
A5
A5
A9
INTF_U_OUT
INTF_V_OUT
KEY_protn
BAS316 3234
1n0
2282
100R
3233
A5
for
ITV
only
100u 10V
2V
7209
BSH103
GND_1
I204
6201
BAS316
7203
2V9
GND_1 I201
BC327-25
7201-2
7201-1
IMX1
3
IMX1
2V
2
5
2V
2V6
2V
2V6
E
1R0
3210
27K
3211
F200
1R0
3208
3209
GND_1
22n
3203 150K
for ITV only
1u0
2277
-1V
27K
5214
100n
2217
2214
2269 39p
7204
BC327-25 2V8
6
2V
2V
12V
I224
+1.8V_A
I225 F209
5K6
+1.8V_B
3296
GND12
4u7 10V
220n
2290
2227
5K6
GND12
4u7
39p
A5
7202
BAS316
6207
+3.3V
3206
2226
3225
2268
INTF_Y_OUT
100R
2258
100n 100n
INTF_Y|GREEN_IN 100n 2243
A5
+3.3V
+3V
2V6
7210
BSH103
SERVICE JUMPER
9275
9252
GND12
GND_1
GND_1
A5
A5
A5
A3
A3
A3
A3
A5
A4
A5
+3.3V
#$%#
SC1_FBL
c209
c208
c207

GND1 GND2 GND3 GND12 GND_28 GND68 GND89 GND92 GND95 GND121GND125
GND2
A1,A5
5V
GND_1
GND_28
HC49U
24MHZ576
1u0
2246
100n
INTF_Pr|RED_IN 2247
15K
1K0
GND92
GND3
GND2
GND1
3285
37
0V0
GNDA
48
0V0
GND3
89
0V0
GND2
111 0V0
GND1
1205
GND1
INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN
150n 2278
2251
220n
5213
2229
VIF1
VIF2
100R
6208 BAS316
+5V
#%#&
c211
100R
A5
A5
INTF_FBL
SVM
3290
BZX384-C27
3245
220R
6205
220n
*4211
*4214
I208
I203
GND89
100n
47u 25V
2223
I212
2218
3241
GND1
1M0
3217
GND12
B
C
100R
3205
101 0V0
C
A5
100R 3266
GND95
105
0V0 104
0V0 121
0V0 123
3V3 120
3V3 124
3V3 122
1V6 38
0V0 40
3V3 39
4V0 103
1V6 119
1V6 118
1V5 58
1V5 59
1V5 57
2V0 56
116
39K
0V5
2V0
0V3 100
0V3
99
GND1
GND2
15K
4K7 3279
2204
GND1
c206
I235
3265 100R
0V0
GND95
GND_1
4K7 3282
3283 4K7
3263 100R
117 0V0
GNDIF
I222
F270
100R 3264
2242
10n
2236
12K
1u5 3224
I206
SIF1
SIF2
VD c200 F204
3230
Vguard
I213
2263
2235
GND1
3232
A2
c204
9203
4210
c203
9202
+3.3V
4K7
A8
EHTinfo
10K
3295
3251
SIDE_Y|CVBS_IN
SC2_Y|CVBS_IN
A8
+8V
3281
3280 4K7
3262
F202
0V0
1K0
GND121
2V5
90
0V3
1V2
1V2
5V0
1V7
VSSP2 128
0V0
VSSADC 34
GND89
OR
To 1280 of
+3.3V
VSSCOMB 61
0V0
GND68
127
VSSC4
0V0 GND125
VSSC3 4
0V0
VSSC2 28
0V0
VSSC1|P 8
GND121
3247
100n
390R
2239 220n
2266
2u2
GND2
100R
6n8
3231
100n
100R
GND1
GND2
I205
c210
9205
100R
ROT
22K
3246
I216
3201
3287
64
54
106
107
53
55
0V5
13 0V0
10 0V0
9 3V3
14
2V0
3V2
17 0V0
16 3V4
15 0V0
7 0V0
6 0V0
18
31
30
3
22
2
1
21
20
24
25
26
27
32
3V3
3V9
0V0
3V3
3V3
3V3
2V1
2V2
0V0
0V0
0V0
0V0
5V5
0V0
23
I215
33K
33K
2240
3244
3297
3243
TOP CONTROL PANEL
SIDE AV PANEL+HP PANEL(FL13)
I236
I214
To 1010 or 1682 of
1682
1
2
3
I209
100R
GND92
KEY_protn
1K0
100n
11
GND1
3242
100R
10u 50V
2275
2u2
2241
22n
GND1
+5V
100p
2260 100n
1n0
100R
9262
3274
2285
GND2
*
SC1_CVBS_IN
A8
INTF_L_IN
INTF_R_IN
SC2_L_IN
SC2_R_IN
SIDE_L_IN
SIDE_R_IN
SC1_L_IN
SC1_R_IN
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
A5
22K
2259
3259
100R
2245 1n0
for EMC
3139 123 5673.1
7205 1V
BC847B
5n6
1n0
2222
10n
2248
GND1
2252
3n3
GND2
13V
1V7
6202
A5
A2
A2
VDRB
3271 220R
3293 56K
100R
3235
3237
3292
1230
2257
for ITV only SC2_STATUS|ITV_MSG
10K
LIGHT_SENSOR
SC1_STATUS
1234
100R
3212
+3.3V
3284
4K7
for ITV only
BZX384-C5V6
6210
4213
VDRA
A5
A8
A8
A1
A3
A1,A3:A7
BAS316 6209
SEL_LLP|M
Stdby_Con
3252
SDA
VOL_MUTE
*4219
3219 100R
10R
3207
GND121
A7
POWER_DOWN
A3,A5
10R
6211
BZX384-C5V6
3204
3214
100R
3218 10R
3216
A3,A5
+3.3V
POWER_DOWN
LED
WRITE_PROTECT
SCL
3K3
3202
3K3
3215
1u0
100p
2280
2279
100R
GND121
A9
A1
A9
A5
+3.3V
IR
4K7
I2SCLK
I2SWS
4K7
3261
100R
3269
3260
5K6
GND_1 3223
9204
62 1V3
81 1V4
63 0V8
108 3V5
86 3V8
2244
2230
100p 2256
100n
2287
2261
100p
3275
100R
9215
GND2
2283
10n
2255
100R
9257
3270
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
GND1
33n
SW_SC2_CVBS
I2SD|1
Reset_+5V
SEL_SC2_INTF
2221
4u7
F205
3236
100R
100R
3267
9201
EW_DRIVE
SC1_CVBS_OUT
A8
A2
A5
ITV_V1OUT
100R
for ITV only 3268
100R
100R
85 4V4
2V3
2V4
2V4
0V0
42
43
44
65
83
76
75
73
72
80
79
95
94
49
100p
GND2
10n 2284
2262 100p
2237
2286 100n
100n
3278
*9265
100R
SC2_CHROMA_IN
A8
A8
+5V
7200
TDA12001H1
GND2
2254
c205
Vaux_GND
3294
!'( )

c201
I217
100R
220n
220n
2208
2207
A5
A5
A2
4212
100R
9261
GND2
2232
+6V
A8
IFGND
SC1_RED_IN
C
Iblack
BCL
4209
A8
SC1_BLUE_IN
A1
+3V
1V9
2V2
2V2
2V2
2V2
2V2
2V2
2V2
2V2
1V3
560p
100n
2231
100R
GND3
3276
100u 16V
100R
3277
1683TO 1282 OF
3288
220n
2203
GND121
A4
POWER DOWN
*9266
2264
390R
5201
2206
Vguard
GND3
c202
I226
5295
220n
+1.8V_B
F203
A2
I211
2u2
GND2
1K0
BAS316
GND3
2267
2213
100n
180R
220n
3229
I207
AGCOUT
AUDOUTHPL
AUDOUTHPR
AUDOUTLSL
AUDOUTLSR
AUDOUTSL
AUDOUTSR
AVL
SWO
SSIF
REFO
REFIN
BO
GO
RO
CVBSO
PIP
DVBO
FMRO
DVBO
IFVO
FMRO
EWD
AVL
FBISO
CSY
HOUT
IFVO
SVO
CVBSI
I2SDI1
O
I2SDO1
I2SDO2
I2SCLK
I2SWS
INT0
P0<0:5>
INT1
T0
INT2
T1
RX
TX
SCL
SDA
P1<0:7>
TPWM
PWM0
PWM1
PWM2
PWM3
PWM4
P2<0:5>
ADC0
ADC1
ADC2
ADC3
P3<0:3>
QSSO
AMOUT
AUDEEM
SVM
UOUT
VDRA
VDRB
VOUT
YOUT
VCC8V
GND92
SC1_GREEN_IN
100n
3221
220n
6203
A2
VDDA_1.8
220n
GND95 2225
2211
GND89
3220
2273
100u 10V
2272
+3.3V
To 1729 Of
Vguard
VDDA1
5216
GND2
7V0
1V4
10
+3.3V
VSSA1
2274
84
2216
Rear I/O
1684
36
2V0
220n
3V3
5206
+1.8V_A
2212
41
A5
+3.3V
120R
3254
GND92
220n
5215
125
VDDA3_3.3
35
VDDA2_3.3
3V3
2215
3V3
220n
2210
VDDADC_1.8
A5
A5
A8
A8
A5
A5
A8
A8
SS14
F207
+1.8V_B
GND125
7208 13V
I228
1V4 78
2V3
109
2V8 115
2V3 91
2V0 11
1V7 97
0V0 52
2V0 102
2V3 112
4V0 113
2V0 88
2V3 110
1V5 87
5205
1V5 71
220n
+3.3V
VDDC4
VDDC3
VDDC2
VDDC1
3V4 46
3V2 45
1V6 70
1V6
77
1V4 74
100n
5203
2205
VDDCOMB
4u7 50V
GND68
2V0 126
5
2V0
2V0 29
12
2V0
2V0 33
+5V
VDDP_3.3
1V3 51
100u 25V
2249
5207
F201
60
1V3 50
GND68
5V0
VIDEO
SIGNAL
PROCESSOR
+1.8V_A
(+8V)
Vbuffer
GND1
220n
100u 10V
2250
19
5210
+5V
6204
2238
AGC2SIF
AUDIOIN2L
AUDIOIN2R
AUDIOIN3L
AUDIOIN3R
AUDIOIN4L
AUDIOIN4R
AUDIOIN5L
AUDIOIN5R
B
PBIN3
G
YIN3
R
PRIN3
BCLIN
BLKIN
C2
C3
C4
CVBS2
Y2
CVBS3
Y3
CVBS4
Y4
DECBG
DECDIG
DECSDEM
DECV1V8
EHTO
INSSW3
IREF
PH1LF
PH2LF
PLLIF
SECPLL
SIFAGC
DVBAGC
SIFIN1
DVBIN1
SIFIN2
DVBIN2
VGUARD
SWIO
VIFIN1
VIFIN2
VREF_NEG_HPL+HPR
VREF_NEG_LSL+HPL
VREF_POS_HPR
VREF_POS_LSL
VREF_POS_LSR+HPR
VREFAD
VREFAD_NEG
VREFAD_POS
VSC
XTALIN
XTALOUT
UIN
VIN
YIN
YSYNC
5209
2224
GND121
3V3
47
5V1
VP3
82
5V1
VP2
5V1 114
VP1
100n
+5V
5211
220n
100u 10V
GND1
2209
4V5
3V8
3V6
3V3
3V3
3V6
3V6
0V0
GND3
2234
100u 25V
2233
98
67
66
69
68
93
92
96
100n
2265
GND2
+3.3V
+5V
2276
5202
I210
3253
5208
3289
5212
+5V
*9260
Bout
Gout
Rout
INTF_CVBS_OUT
INTCO
100R
3227
I218
10n
GND2
2270
GND2 100n
2253
100n
2271
1
2
3
3228
3226
100R
680R
3222
1208
5217
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
A3
SSIF
A8
100R
SC1_R_OUT
A8
SC1_L_OUT
3255
2289
1n0
100R
3248 100R
3257
100R
3256 100R
A8
RF_AGC
MAIN_OUTL
MAIN_OUTR
A8
A8
100R
3249
3258
2K2
for ITV only
3239
100R
22K
1K0
3240
3238
F206
1K0
3291
3250
I219
820R
3272
0v7
GND68
1n0
+5V
7207
BC847B
1K0
3273
SC2_L_OUT
A2
A2
HD
+5V
0v6
2288
F208
HDRIVE
HD_PIP
SANDCASTLE
A5
A5
HERCULES
4
A3
3
A8
SC2_R_OUT

!

"

E_14480_009.eps
270204
10
11
1205 E8
1208 B2
1230 B7
1234 B7
1682 B10
1683 G1
1684 F1
2203 F2
2204 E10
2205 D2
2206 F1
2207 H1
2208 H1
2209 C3
2210 D2
2211 E2
2212 E2
2213 E3
2214 E9
2215 D2
2216 E2
2217 E9
2218 F7
2221 A5
2222 B8
2223 F7
2224 C2
2225 E2
2226 F9
2227 F9
2229 F7
2230 F4
2231 F2
2232 F2
2233 C2
2234 C2
2235 F6
2236 G6
2237 F3
2238 C2
2239 F6
2240 G5
2241 F5
2242 F8
2243 F8
2244 F5
2245 B8
2246 F7
2247 F7
2248 B8
2249 D2
2250 D2
2251 F7
2252 B8
2253 B3
2254 F5
2255 G3
2256 F4
2257 B7
2258 F8
2259 B8
2260 F4
2261 F4
2262 F3
2263 F6
2264 F2
2265 C2
2266 F6
2267 E3
2268 F8
2269 F8
2270 B4
2271 B4
2272 E1
2273 E1
2274 F5
2275 F5
2276 C2
2277 D10
2278 F7
2279 B6
2280 B6
2282 C9
2283 F4
2284 F3
2285 G5
2286 F3
2287 F4
2288 A2
2289 B3
2290 F9
3201 B9
3202 B6
3203 E9
3204 B6
3205 D9
3206 F9
3207 B7
3208 E10
3209 E10
3210 E11
3211 E11
3212 B7
3214 B6
3215 B6
3216 B6
3217 D9
3218 B6
3219 B7
3220 E1
3221 F1
3222 A4
3223 B5
3224 G6
3225 F8
3226 B4
3227 C4
3228 B4
3229 E2
3230 F6
3231 F5
3232 F5
3233 B10
3234 A9
3235 A8
3236 B5
3237 A8
3238 B2
3239 B2
3240 B2
3241 F6
3242 B8
3243 G5
3244 F5
3245 B9
3246 A8
3247 F6
3248 B3
3249 B3
3250 B2
3251 G5
3252 A7
3253 C5
3254 E1
3255 A3
3256 B4
3257 B3
3258 B3
3259 B8
3260 B5
3261 B5
3262 C10
3263 C9
3264 C10
3265 D9
3266 D10
3267 B5
3268 B4
3269 B5
3270 G3
3271 A7
3272 B1
3273 B1
3274 G4
3275 G4
3276 G2
3277 G2
3278 G2
3279 C10
3280 C10
3281 B10
3282 C10
3283 C10
3284 B7
3285 D9
3287 B9
3288 G2
3289 C4
3290 A9
3291 B2
3292 A8
3293 A7
3294 A9
3295 G5
3296 F9
3297 G5
4209 G1
4210 H3
4211 B9
4212 H1
4213 A8
4214 A9
4219 B6
5201 F1
5202 C3
5203 D2
5205 D2
5206 E2
5207 D2
5208 C2
5209 C2
5210 D2
5211 E1
5212 C2
5213 F7
5214 E9
5215 E2
5216 E2
5217 B5
5295 F1
6201 E10
6202 B9
6203 E1
6204 D1
6205 B9
6207 E9
6208 G6
6209 A7
6210 B7
6211 B6
7200 D6
7201-1 E10
7201-2 E10
7202 D10
7203 E10
7204 E11
7205 B9
7207 B1
7208 A8
7209 F9
7210 F10
9201 B4
9202 H2
9203 H4
9204 B5
9205 H2
9215 G4
9252 G11
9257 G3
9260 B5
9261 G3
9262 G4
9265 G2
9266 G2
9275 G11
F200 E10
F201 D2
F202 C9
F203 F2
F204 F6
F205 B5
F206 B2
F207 D2
F208 B2
F209 F11
F270 C9
I201 E10
I203 E7
I204 F9
I205 G5
I206 G5
I207 A8
I208 A8
I209 B9
I210 C2
I211 E4
I212 E7
I213 F6
I214 F6
I215 E5
I216 B8
I217 A9
I218 C1
I219 B1
I222 C9
I224 F11
I225 F11
I226 E1
I228 B9
I235 C9
I236 B9
c200 F6
c201 H4
c202 H4
c203 H5
c204 H5
c205 H5
c206 H5
c207 H6
c208 H6
c209 H6
c210 H5
c211 H6
L04L AA
7.
50
Mono Carrier: Features & Connectivities
1212
100R
F250
3619
+3.3V
GND_1
100R
3605
A4
SDA
A4
A4
F244
I232
A4
Vbuffer
INTF_CVBS_IN
A4
68K
I223
2631
100u 10V
SW_SC2_CVBS
A4
3614
HD_PIP
F223
4u7
100R
100n
47K
A4
ITV_V1OUT
SIDE_L_IN
A4 Stdby_Con
4u7
7606
BC847B
3V3
7607
BC847B
GND_1
Reset_+5V
9603
MUTING
1240
A7
5601
2630
TO 1138
OF
(FOR CINCH)
GND_1
3622
F227
100K
1
2
3
4
5
6
TO 1763 & 1764

OF
+6V
3623 100K
22K
3631
2622
1K0
A8
A4
9612
A4
SIDE_CHROMA_IN
A4
9280
for ITV only
1213
3626
F228
3625 10R
F229
10R 3628
F232
1221
1
2
3
F249
A4
1241
1n0
F248
A4
I2SCLK F251
A4
I2SD|1 I231
4601
4607
+3.3V
+3V
+5V
For ITV
Only 1243
I2SD|1
SIDE_Y|CVBS_IN
A4
I2SWS I229
+9V
(FOR SCART)
F247
1220
+9VA_1
For ITV
1242
Only
GND_1
GND_1 GND_1
A4
F220
A4
3V2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SIDE_R_IN
9607
4606
7V
SC2_CVBS_OUT
GND_1 GND_1
A4
ROT
A4
4605
RES
F222
+6VS
I233
33p
I234
3609
9235
RES
5602
22u 50V
2615
3634
2623
+5V
AK
K
VD
A4 INTF_CVBS_OUT
3635
5V
F213
A4
F245
SVM
A4
1207
A4
470R
27K
2u2
3607
2625
7602
PDTC124ET
5V4
7604
BC847B
0V5
6602
BAV99
A
4u7
SEL_SC2_INTF
6V
A2 INTF_CVBS_IN
2617
27K
3608
5V
7605
BC327-25
100n
2624
I241
I227
3606
150K
+6V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
F221
INTF_L_IN
2614
3637
GND_1 GND_1
VT_Supply
F219
INTF_R_IN
Vbuffer
3636
9605
F243
Iblack
SIDE AV PANEL
100u 10V
BAS316
F242
A4
To 1252 of
+8V
100n
2621
100R
Rout
1204
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1219
A4
F212
6610
F241
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
10R
I2S
RES
4612
47R
I240
2620
4610
RES
3610
Gout
A4
for EMC
GND3
F215
F240
A4
For ITV
Only
1245
A4 INTF_FBL
A4 SANDCASTLE
100R
Bout
27p
2601
7
4
3
2
100n
100R
4602
SCL
2613
27p
2629
3V3
F214
A4
22R
3604
SEL_SC2_INTF
A4
4609
WRITE_PROTECT
F237
A
A4
27p
2628
+9VA_1
EEPROM
+9VA
F238
B
A4
9604
RES
3603
1n0
9639
RES
3639
7601
PCF85116
4K7
3601
4611
+9V
+9V
F233
27p
2627
F218
C
A4
CRT PANEL
A4
GND_1
F239
A4
2626
47u 16V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
To 1206 of
INTF_Pr|RED_IN
3618 100R
1206
A4
To 1331 of
INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN
A4
F217
FOR ITV ONLY
2611
COM
GND
2
100R 3617
A4
+3.3V
F216
To 1219 of FOR ITV
I230
3
OUT
3616
To 1462 of
OUT
INTF_Y|GREEN_IN
75R
1
IN
IN
4604
A4
75R 3621
F211
+6V
F226
INTF_Y_OUT
7603
L78L33ACZ
3620 75R
F210
+6VS
To 1212 of
F225
INTF_U_OUT
A4
F230
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
LTI/CTI INTERFACE PANEL
F224
INTF_V_OUT
A4
for ITV only
LT1/CT1 INTERFACE PANEL
FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES
LIGHT_SENSOR
A4
C
A4
Stdby_Con
A4
4630
1213
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MTV
ITV
1206
A
B
C
D
E
I2SWS
ITV DATA OUT/SDA
I2SCLK
ITV DATAIN
I2SDI1
ITV CLOCK
GND
GND
ITV SCL
Light sensor
C
ITV POR 1
Stdby-con
Stdby-con
PCMCIA
iDTV
USB
DVD
Power On
Power On
Power On
Power On
Bus Request Bus Request Bus Request Bus Request
Rx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Tx
3139 123 5673.1
E_14480_010.eps
270204
1204 B9
1206 A9
1207 D9
1212 A7
1213 E9
1219 C8
1220 E8
1221 F8
1240 F4
1241 F7
1242 E6
1243 F7
1245 C7
2601 C4
2611 B2
2613 B9
2614 D5
2615 E4
2617 D6
2620 C2
2621 C2
2622 E5
2623 E2
2624 E2
2625 E1
2626 D8
2627 D9
2628 D9
2629 D9
2630 F2
2631 E4
3601 B4
3603 B7
3604 C5
3605 C5
3606 D1
3607 E1
3608 D2
3609 E2
3610 C1
3614 E4
3616 B6
3617 B6
3618 B6
3619 B6
3620 B6
3621 B6
3622 E7
3623 E7
3625 E9
3626 E9
3628 E9
3631 E6
3634 E5
3635 D5
3636 D5
3637 D5
3639 C2
4601 E7
4602 B6
4604 B1
4605 D7
4606 D7
4607 E7
4609 D9
4610 C1
4611 B1
4612 C2
4630 F2
5601 F2
5602 E5
6602 E1
6610 C2
7601 B5
7602 D5
7603 A2
7604 D2
7605 D2
7606 E5
7607 E6
9235 E5
9280 F7
9603 F1
9604 B7
9605 C3
9607 D7
9612 E7
9639 B2
F210 A1
F211 B1
F212 C2
F213 D2
F214 C4
F215 C4
F216 B6
F217 B6
F218 B6
F219 C7
F220 D7
F221 C7
F222 D7
F223 D7
F224 A6
F225 A6
F226 A6
F227 E7
F228 E9
F229 E9
F230 A9
F232 E9
F233 B9
F237 B9
F238 B9
F239 A9
F240 B9
F241 B9
F242 C9
F243 C9
F244 C9
F245 C9
F247 D9
F248 E9
F249 E9
F250 B7
F251 E8
I223 D5
I227 D1
I229 E8
I230 B3
I231 E8
I232 C3
I233 E5
I234 E2
I240 C2
I241 D1
L04L AA
7.
51
Mono Carrier: Class D - Audio Amplifier
CLASS D - AUDIO AMP (RESERVED)

3975
+9VB
Vaudio+
47n
2950
6905
Audio_Gnd
22u
2947
-V
-Vaudio
2
3
P0102DA
I926
RES
9914
5910
Vaudio47n
I914
100K
+Vaudio
Vaudio+
Vaudio-
VSS1
VSS2
35V 470u
2946
39K
680p
10K
15n
3956
220n
2982
Vaudio+
680p
4912
5912
2970
4R7
Vaudio+
Audio_Gnd
680p
5
4
3
2
1
I943
I939
5902
I940
Audio_Gnd
BZX384-C27
I946
5908
3957
Vaudio+
33u
33u
2981
150K
F903
F905
Vaudio-
3971
6904
-V
Audio_Gnd
2971
47n
560p
3937
Audio_Gnd
I938
11
Vaudio-
-Vaudio
Vaudio+
39K
10K
OUT2
2945
2936
1902
2954
3945
I918
2953
12 10V5 I937
1u0
SW2
REL2
EN2
I945
-15V6
Vaudio680p
4R7
10K
BOOT2
2955
I936
F904
15n
3972
-2V8
-2V8
POWERUP
3953
-2V8
17
16
14
Audio_Gnd
33u
220n
2983
DIAG
220n
5907
I935
220n
2957
STAB
5901
33u
3955
10
7903
BC847B
-9V1
5911
Audio_Gnd
220n
2974
15
I934
220n
-8V8
4911
1u0
7
Audio_Gnd
220n
2980
2952
10V7
2973
BOOT1
2984
2958
SW1
REL1
EN1
47K
3946
BAS316
4910
Audio_Gnd
I919
I922
47K
-2V8
I921
39K
3948
1
2
4
-V
VDD2
OUT1
4K7
2K2
22K
3974
-15V6
3943
3961
-2V7
3947
Audio_Gnd
6901
-9V1
100n
1V5
4K7
Vaux_GND
Audio_Gnd
Vaux_GND
39K
I915
470R
I920
3962
1V6
CLASS-D
AMPLIFIER
22u
2942
3949
7904
BC857B
3K9
3959
VDD1
3952
7902
TDA8925J
2960
F901
VT_Supply
BAS316
13
Vaudio-
VOL_MUTE
A4
6903
9915
Audio_Gnd
I944
I927
RES
4913
2978
470u 35V
2948
3935
2K7
120p
7901-1
LM393N
220n
2972
1u0
3933
I913
47K
4K7
2933
3934
2932
3932
3960
100K
10p
220p
3965
10K
5914
I942
I930
25V 47u
47n
2949
I916
1 -9V1
I911
I924
V_DG
7906
BC327-25
2963
10K
2934
100n
Audio_Gnd
8
I910
2K2
1n0
3930
I909
3942
2930
MAIN_OUTL
A4
+Vaudio
2961
22K
1u
9910
3964
2977
Audio_Gnd 2928
Vaudio+
Vaudio+1
RES
47n
I941
Vaudio-
9913
5913
VALUE MRT
BAV99
2K2
2951
9911
Vaudio3958
150K
10K
3973
6906
I928
1903
Vaudio+
560p
3931
50 22u
2979
2931
Audio_Gnd
2929
2935
MAIN_OUTR
A4
I925
100n
2939
1n0
3936
10K
For SUB Woofer

And
For ITV
1222
1
2
3
4
5
6
1u0
3939
120p
Audio_Gnd
F910
2K7
-9V1
7901-2
LM393N
47K
4K7
2938
3940
2937
Audio_Gnd
220p
3938
Audio_Gnd
Audio_Gnd
8
5
-V
3941
I948
100K
F911
Vaudio+
Audio_Gnd
3975
ROW
Europe
100R, 2W 150R, 2W
9911
1903
AMP-ST-5W-GL
JMP
---
AMP-ST-10W+20W-GL
--FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC
AMP-ST-15W/20W-GL
--FUSE RAD LT 2A 250V IEC
AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-EU
JMP
---
AMP-ST-10W-GL AMP-ST-5W-NO.SAV-ITV-EU
JMP
JMP
-----
AMP-ST-5W-ITV-GL AMP-ST-5W-EU AMP-ST-10W-EU

JMP
JMP
JMP
-------
AMP-ST-5W-ITV-EU
JMP
---
4914
4916
4915
4917
Audio_Gnd
E_14480_011.eps
200204
3139 123 5673.1
1222 F1
1902 C9
1903 A7
2928 A2
2929 E2
2930 A2
2931 A2
2932 B2
2933 B2
2934 B2
2935 E2
2936 D2
2937 E2
2938 F2
2939 E2
2942 C4
2945 D5
2946 D5
2947 B5
2948 B5
2949 A5
2950 A5
2951 A5
2952 C6
2953 C6
2954 D7
2955 C7
2957 C8
2958 C8
2960 B4
2961 A5
2963 B6
2970 D7
2971 D7
2972 E7
2973 E8
2974 E8
2977 A4
2978 B7
2979 B8
2980 C8
2981 E7
2982 C8
2983 E8
2984 C8
3930 A2
3931 A2
3932 B2
3933 B2
3934 B3
3935 B3
3936 E2
3937 D2
3938 E2
3939 F2
3940 E3
3941 F3
3942 B4
3943 C4
3945 E9
3946 D2
3947 C3
3948 D2
3949 C3
3952 C6
3953 D6
3955 C7
3956 C8
3957 D9
3958 A5
3959 C3
3960 A5
3961 C3
3962 C2
3964 A8
3965 A8
3971 D7
3972 E8
3973 A3
3974 C4
3975 A7
4910 B9
4911 C7
4912 D7
4913 B7
4914 F8
4915 F8
4916 F8
4917 F8
5901 C7
5902 D7
5907 C8
5908 D8
5910 B7
5911 C7
5912 D7
5913 A8
5914 B7
6901 D2
6903 A9
6904 D3
6905 B5
6906 A6
7901-1 B3
7901-2 E3
7902 B5
7903 D3
7904 C2
7906 A8
9910 A7
9911 A7
9913 A8
9914 B7
9915 B7
F901 C2
F903 D9
F904 C9
F905 D9
F910 F1
F911 F1
I909 A2
I910 A3
I911 A3
I913 B2
I914 B3
I915 C3
I916 A4
I918 D3
I919 C4
I920 C2
I921 C4
I922 C4
I924 A5
I925 E2
I926 A8
I927 B8
I928 A5
I930 A6
I934 C6
I935 C7
I936 C7
I937 C6
I938 D6
I939 D7
I940 D7
I941 A3
I942 A8
I943 D7
I944 A9
I945 D4
I946 D9
I948 F3
L04L AA
7.
52
Mono Carrier: Audio Amplifier
AUDIO_AMPLIFIER
100n
2986
100n
2987
Vaudio+1
2985
RES
3985
1K0
7990
TDA2616Q +16V 7
I951
2989
220n
MAIN_OUTR
3
I954
F952
F955
I952
2992
1281
1280
3989
10R
22n
RES
3991
F951
I956
47n
2994
2991
AmpOutL
2996
4K7
3988
1n0
A4
I953
2990
F950
MAIN_OUTL
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
8 ohm / 15W
8 ohm / 15W
F953
Audio_Gnd
9
6
1n0
4K7
3992
220n
AmpOutR
2995
I957
+16V 2
I958
3996
3997
820K
120K
1282
POWER
DOWN
4u7
3999
TO 1683 OF
47K
100n
3995
2988
I955
Audio_Gnd
0V7
A4
16V
-16V 5
68K
VOL_MUTE
7992
BC847B
2916
68K
4u7
7991
BC847B
3994
Vaudio+1
10R
2997
22n
Audio_Gnd
3993
47n
1K0
2993
A4
-Vaudio
7993
BC847B
I959
6990
4u7
2915
4u7
2914
4u7
2913
4u7
2912
2911
BAS316
Stdby_Con
3998
A4
7994
BC847B
10K
MUTING
A5
E_14480_012.eps
200204
3139 123 5673.1
1280 B9
1281 B9
1282 D3
2911 D3
2912 D3
2913 D4
2914 D4
2915 D4
2916 C6
2985 B4
2986 A7
2987 A7
2988 C7
2989 B5
2990 B5
2991 B4
2992 B5
2993 C5
2994 B7
2995 C7
2996 B8
2997 C8
3985 B4
3988 B5
3989 B8
3991 B4
3992 C5
3993 C8
3994 C4
3995 C6
3996 D5
3997 D4
3998 E3
3999 D4
6990 D3
7990 B6
7991 C6
7992 C5
7993 D5
7994 E3
F950 B4
F951 B4
F952 B8
F953 C9
F955 B8
I951 B6
I952 B6
I953 B5
I954 B5
I955 C6
I956 B8
I957 C8
I958 D4
I959 D4
L04L AA
7.
53
Mono Carrier: Rear I/O Cinch
REAR I/O CINCH
1
2
3
1236
ITV RES
3101
SC2_CVBS_OUT A5
68R
7104-2
IMX1
7104-1
IMX1
5
MUTING
1229
F112
3135
RES
4136
75R
3169
3136
For ITV
F113
9138
RES
6132
RES
1110
3138
75R
For ITV
SC2_Y|CVBS_IN
A4
1267
3130
3129
75R
75R
4130
AV2
15
1265
I117
10K
1K0
2163
47p
100n
1237
4117
2157
10K
2
A4
F138
SC2_STATUS|ITV_MSG
3
6
E_14480_014.eps
270204
3139 123 5673.1
Sub Woofer
F120
SC1_FBL
1266
SPDIF
I118
2K2
3164
1262
8
9
3166
3156
3161
SC2_L_OUT
A4
47n
A4
F119
7103
BC847B
SC1_R_IN
for ITV only

For ITV
390p
1111
4115
1228
1
2
3
22R
2159
2u2 50V
F121
3162
47n
2125
390p
1112
I119
2158
3126
330p
390p
2136
2137
330p
150R
A4
SC2_R_OUT
CN-R1 I-ITV-LA
----------------JMP
-----
16
SC1_L_IN
I109
F111
Vbuffer
I112
47K
1153
47K
2u2 50V
14
13
3157
2123
A4
ITEM CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-GL CN-R2 I/1 O/YUV-GL CN-R2 I/1 O-GL CN-R1 I/1 O-GL CN-R1 I/1 O/YUV-SY-ITV-GL
--4101
--JMP
--JMP
4102
--JMP
JMP
--JMP
4103
--JMP
JMP
--JMP
4109
--JMP
------4110
--JMP
--------4111
--JMP
----4130
----JMP
----9112
JMP
JMP
--JMP
--9113
JMP
JMP
JMP
--JMP
JMP
JMP
--9114
JMP
--JMP
JMP
--9116
JMP
---
4104 RES
330p
2131
3132
47K
2133
I120 50V 2u2
9101
F110
3133
47K
A4
150R
1224
3131
I114
3134
75R
4113
2134
I113
4144
3124
330p
2122
50V 2u2
SC2_R_IN
3125
150R
2127
1109
75R
3121
4110
6106
BZX284-C6V8
F109
A4
I110
330R
9113
I111
2124
F123
A4
SC1_CVBS_IN
3123
150R
2132
I116
SC2_L_IN
4111
*
390p
1108
4105 RES
F108
2126
1107
11
10
3168
3115
*9116
3122
SC1_RED_IN
A4
RES
F107
AV1
I106
3116
4108
1106
12
3167
RES
3113
1105
9114
F122
F106
1223-3
A4
RES
47K
RES
I105 SC1_BLUE_IN
3114
4107
F105
SVHS
1113
A4
A4
RES
*9112
I115
75R
SC2_CHROMA_IN
I104 SC1_GREEN_IN
1137
1264
6
1
2
3
4
5
4116
RES
1104
3111
4106
for ITV
F116
10u
1263
SC2_R_OUT A4
3112
4109
1223-2
for ITV
For ITV
F104
YUV INPUT
SC2_L_OUT A4
10u
4112
220K
220K
2108
1103
4103
I107
* * *
F117
2106
150R
4102
4101
I108
3105
F103
330p
3106
390p
2107
1102
1
390p
150R
330p
3104
2105
3103
F102
2103
1138
A5
3
2
1
From 1240 OF
2104
1223-1
F115
MONITOR OUTPUT
1227
1101
1
2
3
F101
1101 A3
1102 B3
1103 B3
1104 C3
1105 C3
1106 D3
1107 E3
1108 E3
1109 F3
1110 C8
1111 D8
1112 E8
1113 C8
1137 B9
1138 A3
1153 F9
1223-1 B2
1223-2 C2
1223-3 E2
1227 B6
1228 E9
1229 B8
1236 A4
1237 F9
1262 F6
1263 C5
1264 C5
1265 D5
1266 F5
1267 D5
2103 B4
2104 B4
2105 B5
2106 B5
2107 B3
2108 B3
2122 E4
2123 E5
2124 F4
2125 E5
2126 E3
2127 F3
2131 D7
2132 D7
2133 E7
2134 D7
2136 D8
2137 E8
2157 F9
2158 F7
2159 F8
2163 E9
3101 A3
3103 B4
3104 B4
3105 B4
3106 B4
3111 C4
3112 C4
3113 C4
3114 C4
3115 D4
3116 D4
3121 E4
3122 D4
3123 E3
3124 E5
3125 E3
3126 F5
3129 C9
3130 C9
3131 D8
3132 D7
3133 D8
3134 E7
3135 C7
3136 C7
3138 C7
3156 F8
3157 E8
3161 E7
3162 E9
3164 F7
3166 E7
3167 C5
3168 D5
3169 C5
4101 C2
4102 C3
4103 C2
4104 D8
4105 E3
4106 C3
4107 C3
4108 D3
4109 C3
4110 E3
4111 E3
4112 B5
4113 D6
4115 E6
4116 C9
4117 F9
4130 C9
4136 C7
4144 E6
6106 E3
6132 C8
7103 E8
7104-1 A4
7104-2 A4
9101 D6
9112 C4
9113 E4
9114 C4
9116 D4
9138 C7
F101 A3
F102 B3
F103 B3
F104 C2
F105 C2
F106 D2
F107 D2
F108 E2
F109 E2
F110 D8
F111 D8
F112 C8
F113 C8
F115 B7
F116 B5
F117 B5
F119 E9
F120 F9
F121 E9
F122 D2
F123 E2
F138 F6
I104 C5
I105 C5
I106 D5
I107 B4
I108 B4
I109 E5
I110 D5
I111 E5
I112 E5
I113 D7
I114 D7
I115 C7
I116 D6
I117 E7
I118 E8
I119 E8
I120 D6
L04L AA
7.
54
Mono Carrier: Front Control
FRONT CONTROL
1602
3681
820R
1K8
3687
3686
390R
150R
1603
I686
volume-
USA
F683
I683
channel-
1604
channel+
DVD Eject
POWER
1606
I682
volume+
I688
I681
TS
3685
1K2
3684
9683
RES
3683
F682
RES
KEY_PROTN
3689
A4,A9
1601
1600
F685
STANDBY LED
6691
F693
1
2
I689
330R
3693
A4
IR_OUT
F692
4691
6692
TSOP1836
1
F699 2
IR
LED_OUT
GND
for ITV only
F695
1692
BPW46
6693
4694
OUT
IR RECEIVER
For Engg Purpose Only

F694
VS
BZX384-C5V1
3694
F691
IR
I693
100u
6694
3692
3691
220R
4692
F696
2691
LED
A4
4695
RES
4K7
RES
3690
I691
3695
220R
+6V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7691
BC847B
680K
47n
3696
2692
I687
4693
F697
1693
1
2
3
4
5
6
To
1693
of
1600 A4
1601 A4
1602 A4
1603 B3
1604 B3
1606 B2
1692 D4
1693 D4
2691 C4
2692 E2
3681 A4
3683 A2
3684 A2
3685 A3
3686 A3
3687 A4
3689 A2
3690 C4
3691 C3
3692 C2
3693 C4
3694 C3
3695 B2
3696 E2
3697 E3
4691 D2
4692 C2
4693 E3
4694 D1
4695 B3
6691 C3
6692 C4
6693 D2
6694 C4
7691 D3
9683 A2
F682 A2
F683 A4
F685 B4
F691 D2
F692 D3
F693 C2
F694 D1
F695 D2
F696 C1
F697 D4
F698 E3
F699 D3
I681 A2
I682 A3
I683 A3
I686 A4
I687 D2
I688 A3
I689 C4
I691 B3
I693 C3

3697
10K
F698
LIGHT_SENSOR
A4
KEY_PROTN
A9
ITEM NO.
6691
NAFTA
EU
LATAM
AP
4693
SETS WITH LIGHT_SENSOR

JMP
LTL-10234WHCR LTL-10234WHCR LTL-10224WHCR LTL-10224WHCR

(RED)
(RED)
(GREEN)
(GREEN)
E_14480_015.eps
200204
3139 123 5673.1
E_06532_012.eps
130204
L04L AA
7.
55
Mono Carrier: DVD Power Supply
DVD POWER SUPPLY (RESERVED)

Vaux
1582
ITV only
4
3
2
1
ITV only
22K
3584
2K7
I588
3 OSC
I582
8K2
3582
100n
2584
2n2
B
4K7
3583
1n0
2587
I584
SB340
6581
GND BOOT
100n
COMP
2583
F583
1
2
3
4
5
6
2 SS_INH
Vaux_GND
2586
Vaux_GND
F582
47u
I583
Vaux_GND
F581
Vaux_GND
+5V
5581
OUT 4
1m0 16V
FB 8
VCC
2588
220n
3581
2582
100u 25V
2581
100R
3585
I587
DVD/IDTV
1581
7581
L4978
Vaux
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
Vaux_GND
4581
7582
L78L08ACZ
OUT
COM
2
Vaux_GND
2u2
2u2
IN
2590
+9VB
Vaux_GND
22n
Vaux_GND
+9VA
2589
2585
I585
MainSupplyGnd MainSupplyGnd MainSupplyGnd

E_14480_016.eps
200204
3139 123 5673.1
1581 A6
1582 A6
2581 B1
2582 B2
2583 C2
2584 C2
2585 C3
2586 B3
2587 B4
2588 B5
2589 C1
2590 C2
3581 B2
3582 C3
3583 B5
3584 B5
3585 B1
4581 C2
5581 B4
6581 B4
7581 A3
7582 C2
F581 B6
F582 B6
F583 B6
I582 B2
I583 B2
I584 B3
I585 C3
I587 B4
I588 B4
L04L AA
7.
56
Layout Mono Carrier: (Top Side)

1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1010
1011
1012
1013
1137
1138
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
E8
E6
E5
E5
E7
E8
E7
E7
E6
E8
C8
E7
C6
D5
D5
E7
D7
1212
1213
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1227
1228
1229
1234
1236
1237
1240
1241
1262
1280
C6
C5
C7
E4
C5
D3
D8
C7
E8
C8
D5
D7
E8
D4
D5
D7
E3
1281
1401
1402
1404
1451
1452
1453
1454
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
3139 123 5673.1
E3
C7
A6
A5
C7
A8
B5
B7
A2
A2
B2
C3
C2
A2
A2
C2
A2
1509
1510
1532
1535
1542
1543
1545
1581
1582
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1606
1682
1692
C2
B1
B3
C5
C4
C4
C4
D4
C3
C1
C1
D1
D1
C1
A1
D4
C1
1693
1902
1903
2006
2008
2105
2106
2123
2125
2132
2134
2203
2217
2218
2224
2230
2234
C1
D2
D3
E7
E8
D7
D7
D7
D7
C7
C8
D5
E5
D6
E5
D6
D6
2240
2250
2251
2265
2273
2275
2401
2404
2405
2406
2411
2412
2413
2415
2416
2417
2418
E5
D6
E5
E6
E6
E6
A7
B6
A6
A6
B6
A6
B6
A5
B6
A6
A5
2419
2427
2451
2454
2455
2457
2458
2459
2460
2463
2465
2467
2481
2484
2486
2500
2501
B6
B6
A8
A8
A8
C7
C7
A8
A7
C8
C8
C7
A7
A8
B6
A2
C2
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2511
2514
2528
2534
2535
2536
2537
2539
2540
C2
A4
A4
A4
A3
A3
C2
C1
A5
A4
B4
B3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
2541
2542
2543
2545
2546
2551
2552
2561
2562
2563
2565
2570
2581
2588
2611
2621
2624
C3
B4
B3
B3
B3
B5
C5
C4
B4
C4
C4
B4
C4
C4
E4
E5
E5
2691
2945
2948
2949
2960
2961
2978
3020
3101
3103
3105
3112
3114
3116
3122
3123
3125
B1
D2
D2
D2
D2
D1
C3
E7
D8
D8
D8
D8
D8
D8
D8
D8
D8
3131
3133
3138
3157
3167
3201
3215
3224
3230
3231
3234
3239
3241
3246
3249
3252
3258
C8
D8
D8
E8
D7
D5
D5
E5
D4
D6
C6
C7
E5
D5
D7
D5
D7
3260
3270
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3291
3401
3403
3406
3407
3410
3411
3412
3414
3415
D5
D7
D7
E7
C7
C7
D7
D7
C6
A7
A7
A7
A8
A6
A6
C6
B6
3417
3418
3425
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3440
3441
3442
3443
3451
3454
3455
3457
3458
A6
C5
C5
B6
C6
B7
B6
B6
C5
B6
A7
A7
B6
A8
B8
B8
B7
3460
3461
3466
3467
3468
3470
3471
3472
3482
3483
3484
3485
3497
3500
3501
3502
3503
B7
C7
C7
C7
C7
C8
C7
C7
B8
B8
B8
B8
C5
B1
B1
A1
B1
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3513
3514
3515
3516
3519
3520
3521
3523
3529
B2
A2
B1
B3
A3
B2
B2
B5
A5
A5
A5
A4
B4
A4
A5
B2
B3
3531
3532
3534
3542
3563
3571
3574
3575
3577
3584
3585
3603
3606
3616
3617
3618
3683
B4
B3
B4
B3
C4
B5
B5
B5
B5
C4
D4
C6
E4
C6
C6
C6
B1
3943
3945
3961
3962
3975
5201
5208
5216
5217
5401
5402
5403
5405
5406
5408
5410
5450
C2
D3
C3
D3
D3
D5
D6
D6
D7
A6
B6
B5
B5
B6
B6
B6
B7
5451
5500
5501
5502
5503
5511
5512
5512C
5512D
5531
5532
5536
5537
5551
5552
5561
5562
B7
B2
B2
A3
A3
A4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B3
C4
C4
B5
B5
B4
B4
5581
5602
5603
5901
5902
5907
5908
5913
5914
6001
6401
6403
6404
6406
6410
6411
6412
D4
D7
C7
D2
D2
D1
D2
D3
D3
E8
A6
C6
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6459
6480
6481
6486
6500
6511
6535
6536
6537
6540
6551
6562
C7
B7
B8
B8
A8
B8
B8
B8
C6
A4
A5
C4
C3
C3
B3
C5
B4
6563
6573
6575
6581
6691
6692
6693
6905
7203
7204
7401
7405
7406
7451
7452
7453
7512
C4
B5
A4
D4
A1
B1
B1
D1
E5
E5
A6
B6
C5
C8
C8
C7
A4
7513
7531
7571
7581
7601
7603
7605
7902
7906
7990
9002
9101
9112
9113
9114
9116
9120
B5
B3
B5
D4
D5
E4
E5
C2
C3
E3
E7
D8
D8
D8
D8
D8
C7
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9128
9129
9138
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
D7
D7
D7
D8
D7
D8
D7
D7
D8
E6
E4
E6
E7
D4
D4
D4
D4
E_14480_002.eps
190204
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9290
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9401
9402
9407
9410
9417
9460
9466
9467
9469
9470
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
C5
E7
D7
E7
D7
D4
E7
D4
D6
E6
D6
D5
D5
E5
E6
D5
D4
D4
D5
D4
D5
D5
E6
E5
E6
E7
D7
C5
D6
D7
E6
E5
C6
D4
C4
E6
E4
E6
E4
E6
D4
E6
E5
C5
D5
C7
C7
D7
C7
D7
D7
D7
D7
E7
C7
C7
C7
D7
D7
C4
E5
D4
D4
D4
C5
D5
C6
D4
D4
D5
E6
C6
C5
C5
C4
C5
C5
B5
B6
B6
B6
A5
B6
B5
B6
C5
C6
C5
C5
C5
C5
C6
C6
C6
C6
C6
C7
C8
C7
C7
B7
B8
A8
B8
A8
A6
9492
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9532
9536
9537
9570
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9604
9605
9607
9612
9631
9633
9637
9639
9642
9643
9653
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9683
9688
9689
9690
9694
9695
9696
9910
9911
9913
9914
9915
9920
9921
9924
9926
9927
9933
9935
9936
9937
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9946
C6
A2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B3
A3
A2
A2
C4
C4
B2
B3
B5
C4
B3
C4
C4
A3
C2
B4
C3
A4
B5
B3
C3
C4
C4
B4
A4
C4
B4
C5
C5
C3
C3
C4
C6
E6
D7
E4
C6
C7
E7
E4
D7
D5
D4
C1
C1
B1
C1
C1
B1
C1
B1
E4
E4
E4
E6
E4
D4
C3
D3
D3
D3
C3
D3
D3
D2
D3
D2
D3
D3
C3
C3
D3
C3
D3
D3
D3
D3
C2
L04L AA
7.
57
Layout Mono Carrier (Overview Bottom Side)

2001
2002
2003
2004
2007
2009
2013
2014
2016
2103
2104
2107
2108
2122
2124
2126
2127
A8
A8
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
B7
A7
B8
B8
B8
B7
B8
B8
2131
2133
2136
2137
2157
2158
2159
2163
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
C8
C8
C8
B8
A8
A8
A7
A7
A5
B5
B5
A4
A4
B5
B5
B6
B5
2213
2214
2215
2216
2221
2222
2223
2225
2226
2227
2229
2231
2232
2233
2235
2236
2237
B5
A5
B6
B6
A5
A5
B6
B6
A5
A5
B6
B6
B6
B6
A5
A5
B6
2238
2239
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
A5
A5
A5
B6
B6
A5
A5
B6
B6
A5
B6
B6
A6
A6
A7
A6
A6
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2274
2276
2277
B6
B5
A6
A6
B6
A6
B6
A6
A6
A5
A5
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
B5
2278
2279
2280
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2402
2403
2408
2409
2410
2414
A5
B5
B5
B5
A6
A6
A6
B6
B6
B4
B4
E8
E8
C6
D6
C6
C6
2420
2425
2428
2453
2456
2461
2462
2464
2468
2469
2470
2480
2482
2483
2487
2488
2489
C6
C6
D7
E8
D8
D7
D7
C8
C8
D7
C8
E8
C5
E8
D6
C5
D6
2490
2491
2512
2513
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2530
2531
2532
2533
2538
2544
2547
2548
D8
E8
E5
E5
D5
E5
E5
E5
E5
D4
D4
D4
D3
C4
D4
C4
C4
2549
2550
2553
2564
2566
2571
2572
2573
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2601
2613
2614
D3
D3
D4
C4
C4
D5
C5
D5
C4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B4
B5
B5
B7
2615
2617
2620
2622
2623
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2692
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
B7
B7
A5
B7
A5
A4
C6
B6
B6
B6
C7
D1
C3
B3
B3
C3
C3
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2942
2946
2947
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2957
C3
C3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
C2
B2
C2
B2
C2
C2
C2
B2
B2
B1
2958
2963
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2977
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
C2
C3
B1
B2
B2
B2
B2
B3
A3
A3
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
A3
B3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A8
A8
A8
A7
A8
A7
A5
3007
3008
3009
3010
3014
3016
3018
3019
3104
3106
3111
3113
3115
3121
3124
3126
3129
A5
A7
A5
A7
A7
A7
A7
A7
B7
A7
B8
B8
B8
B8
B7
B7
C8
3130
3132
3134
3135
3136
3156
3161
3162
3164
3166
3168
3169
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
C8
C8
C8
C8
C8
A8
B8
A8
B8
A8
B7
B7
B5
A5
B5
A5
A5
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3214
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3225
3226
B5
A4
A4
A4
A4
B5
B5
B6
A5
B5
B5
B6
B6
A6
A4
B6
B6
3227
3228
3229
3232
3233
3235
3236
3237
3238
3240
3242
3243
3244
3245
3247
3248
3250
B6
B6
B6
A5
C6
A5
A5
A5
B6
B6
B6
A5
A6
C5
A6
B7
B7
3251
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3259
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3271
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
B7
B5
B4
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
A6
B7
B5
B6
3272
3273
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3287
3288
3289
3290
3292
3293
3294
3295
B6
B6
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
B5
A4
B5
B5
B6
C6
B6
B6
C6
A5
3296
3404
3405
3409
3416
3420
3427
3428
3436
3445
3446
3452
3453
3462
3463
3464
3469
A5
E6
E7
E8
D6
C6
D7
D7
D5
C5
C5
D7
E7
D8
D8
C8
C8
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3480
3481
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
E8
C7
C7
E7
E8
D8
E7
D8
D8
E7
E7
C5
E8
E8
E8
E8
E8
Part 1
E_14480_003a.eps
Part 2
E_14480_003b.eps
Part 3
E_14480_003c.eps
3139 123 5673.1
Part 4
E_14480_003d.eps
E_14480_003.eps
190204
3495
3498
3499
3512
3517
3518
3522
3524
3527
3528
3530
3533
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3541
3565
3572
3573
3576
3578
3579
3581
3582
3583
3601
3604
3605
3607
3608
3609
3610
3614
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3625
3626
3628
3631
3634
3635
3636
3637
3681
3684
3685
3686
3687
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3946
3947
3948
3949
3952
3953
3955
3956
C6
C6
C6
E5
E5
E5
E5
E5
D4
D4
D3
D3
C3
C3
D3
D3
D3
C3
C4
C5
D5
D5
D5
D5
B4
B4
B4
B5
B5
B5
A4
A5
A4
A4
B7
C6
C6
C6
A4
A4
B5
B5
B5
B7
B7
B7
B7
B7
C1
C1
B1
B1
C1
C1
C2
E1
E1
D1
E1
D1
D1
D1
C3
C3
C3
C3
C3
C2
B3
B3
B3
B3
B3
B2
C2
B3
C2
C3
C2
C2
C2
B2
B2
3957
3958
3959
3960
3964
3965
3971
3972
3973
3974
3985
3988
3989
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4010
4011
4012
4013
4015
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4115
4116
4117
4130
4136
4144
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4219
4221
4222
4223
4224
4226
4227
4240
4241
4470
4492
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4601
4602
4604
4605
4606
4607
4609
4610
4611
4612
4620
B3
B1
C3
B1
C3
C3
B2
B2
B2
C2
B3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
B3
A3
B4
A8
A8
A5
A7
A5
A7
A8
A7
A6
A6
A6
A8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
B8
C7
C7
B7
C8
A8
C8
C8
B7
A6
B6
B6
B5
B6
C6
B5
B5
A5
A6
A5
A5
A6
C4
C4
E8
E8
E5
C4
C4
C3
C4
A4
C6
A4
C7
C7
A4
A6
A4
B4
A5
C7
4631
4635
4637
4642
4644
4645
4646
4648
4649
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4921
5001
5002
5003
5202
5203
5205
5206
5207
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5513
5533
5534
5535
5601
5910
5911
5912
6002
6003
6004
6005
6106
6132
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6407
6408
6441
6442
6443
6450
6451
6457
6458
6482
6483
6484
6488
6489
6512
6514
6531
6532
6533
6534
B4
C7
B6
A7
A7
B6
B5
B7
A4
C1
D1
D1
C1
E1
C1
B3
B2
B2
C2
A4
A4
A4
A4
C2
A7
A7
A5
B5
B5
B6
B5
B5
A5
B6
A6
A6
B6
A5
B5
D5
D4
C4
C4
C7
C2
B2
B2
A8
A8
A5
A7
B8
C8
A4
B6
B6
A6
C6
A5
C5
C4
B5
B5
D5
D5
D6
D6
C6
E7
E7
C7
C8
C5
C7
D6
D7
D7
D5
E5
D3
D4
D4
D4
6538
6541
6564
6565
6566
6571
6572
6576
6602
6610
6694
6901
6903
6904
6906
7001
7003
7103
7104
7200
7201
7202
7205
7207
7208
7209
7210
7402
7403
7404
7408
7410
7411
7454
7455
7456
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7511
7514
7532
7535
7536
7541
7561
7573
7602
7604
7606
7607
7691
7901
7903
7904
7991
7992
7993
D4
C3
C4
C4
C4
C5
D5
C3
A4
A5
C1
B3
C3
C2
B2
A5
A7
A7
B7
B6
A5
A5
C5
B6
B6
A5
A5
E7
E7
C6
C6
C6
C6
C8
D8
D8
E7
D8
C5
E8
C5
E5
E5
D4
C3
C3
C2
C4
C5
B7
A4
B7
B7
D1
C3
C3
C3
B3
B3
B4
L04L AA
Layout Mono Carrier (Part 1 Bottom Side)
Part 1
7.
58
L04L AA
7.
59
Part 2
E_14480_003b.eps
200204
L04L AA
7.
60
Part 3
E_14480_003c.eps
090204
L04L AA
7.
61
Part 4
E_14480_003d.eps
090204
L04L AA
7.
62
CRT Panel
CRT PANEL
ITEM
3328
3329
3330
3337
4328
4329
4330
4337
5351
9351
B1
10
11
ROW
THE REST
RGB+DISPL-29FS_IN
100R
100R
100R
100R
100R
100R
----------------JMP
--IND FXD LAL04A 22U PM10
--JMP
JMP
AQUADAG
WIRE
1332
10R
+200VA
0330
MECHPART
CRT Sockets
3333
100R
140V
3334
I333
OUT2 8
BC2
3335
I334
10
10
11
11
12
12
G1
6
CG
CG
G2
CR
H1
H2
10
CB
11
GND
12
Green
7V
CR
H1
H2
CB
GND
BCI 5
PROTECTION
CRT
7
G2
I335
Red
6V
2333
GND
D
GND_CRT
I355
5355
1331
THERMAL
1K
3331
100R
140V
1n5
Blue
G1
1 F331
Vref
2.5V
I337
BC3
2332
F341
10n
3357
OUT3 7
A3
Vref
I332
F340
RES
9352
4330
3330 100R
4328
3328 100R
3k75
3332
Vdd
F339
1n
3k77
I336
1K
100R
140V
RES
A2
Vref
I331
F338
1K
3336
Vdd
2V5
G3
NOT USED
BC1
I330
188k7
3 IN3
G3
2331
A1
3k77
3k75
T0 CRT SOCKET
OUT1 9
Vref
BAV21
6331
Vdd
2V5
BAV21
6332
6333
10n
2334
188k7
188k7
2 IN2
1254-A
3355
100R
3329
4329
3k75
1256-A
3k77
2V5
1255
6
Vdd
1 IN1
BAV21
7330
TDA6107
100n
2330
2 F332
4337
3337
SVM_ROT
3n3
2353
1K5
3354
9351
ROT
B2
F356
27u
680p
5352
2352
BZX384-C5V6
F336
BZX384-C5V6
6337
6
7
BZX384-C5V6
6336
BC_INFO
F335
6334
Features &
Connectivities
*
BZX384-C5V6
6335
4 F334
T0 CRT SOCKET
3 F333
From 1204 of
5351
I357
3356
EHTb
I353
B2
1352
+200V
1351
FOCUS
VG2
10n
2335
VSVM
EHT
F351
2 I351
3351
100R
F354
+200VA
From 1401 of
LINE + FRAME DEFLECTION
5330
F353
10u
2351
Line + Frame
Deflection
FROM LOT, MAIN CHASSIS

Filament
4 F352
EHTb
B1
E_14480_017.eps
200204
3139 123 5674.1
10
11
0330 B1
1254-A B7
1255 B6
1256-A B6
1331 E1
1332 B7
1351 F2
1352 F9
2330 B3
2331 D6
2332 C5
2333 D4
2334 B3
2335 F2
2351 G3
2352 F6
2353 F7
3328 D2
3329 C2
3330 D2
3331 D4
3332 C4
3333 C4
3334 C5
3335 C4
3336 C5
3337 E3
3351 G3
3354 F5
3355 E6
3356 B6
3357 D6
4328 D2
4329 C2
4330 D2
4337 E3
5330 G5
5351 F3
5352 E4
5355 E6
6331 C4
6332 B4
6333 B4
6334 F2
6335 F2
6336 F3
6337 F3
7330 B2
9351 F3
9352 E6
F331 E1
F332 E1
F333 E1
F334 E1
F335 E1
F336 F1
F338 C5
F339 C5
F340 C5
F341 C5
F351 G2
F352 G2
F353 G4
F354 G3
F356 E5
I330 C4
I331 C4
I332 D4
I333 C4
I334 C4
I335 D4
I336 C5
I337 D3
I351 G2
I353 F5
I355 D6
I357 B7
L04L AA
7.
63
CRT Panel: Eco Scavem
ECO SCAVEM
A
3364
560R
2363
22u 100V
1K8
1K8
I360
3373
0316
I374
3376
14V4
22u 100V
2368
1n0
2362
250
10R
83V
35V
2364
400 V
1361
I369
2365
33R
4n7
I365
3369
6383
I371
SCAVEM
COIL
7364
2SC3421
0V3
10R
2385
58V
I372
1R8
3370
I363
560R
3368
220p
47p
2387
2381
7331
BC847B
1K2
3383
I381
RGP10D
1K0
I386
2367
68K
3367
3389
35V
7362
BC857B
13V
3390
Filament
3
2
1
470R
68K
9361
RES
10R
3362
3366
AK
BAV99
6361
22n
5331
100u 25V
F361
F362
14V
F360
5361
4n7
I364
B1SVM_ROT
7363
2SA1358
3371
33R
A
2376
83V
I366 3365 I367
I362
I375
I368
220p
To 1470 of
13V6
AK
BAV99
6376
2384
1382
3388
MECHPART
7361
BC847B
I361
68K
26V
47n
I373
20V
2361
1K8
1K5
3387
3361
3375
20V
7376
BC857B
180K
I370
10u 100V
VSVM
3363
17V7
7381
BC337-40
8V7
I383
9V4
2382
100n
2383
1u0
F382
BAS316
1381
3
2
1
ROTATION
COIL
3386
8V7
82K
4374
1K0
RES
7382
BC337-40
0V6
10K
3385
I384
I385
3374
3384
7366
BC857B
F381
100n
2386
B1 ROT
6381
7332
BC857B
100R
3381
I387
E_14480_018.eps
200204
3139 123 5674.1
0316 A6
1361 B7
1381 E7
1382 B4
2361 B4
2362 B4
2363 A4
2364 B4
2365 C4
2367 C6
2368 B4
2376 C2
2381 D3
2382 E6
2383 F6
2384 B5
2385 C5
2386 F3
2387 D3
3361 B3
3362 C3
3363 A5
3364 A5
3365 B5
3366 C5
3367 C5
3368 D5
3369 C5
3370 D5
3371 C6
3373 A2
3374 F5
3375 B2
3376 B2
3381 E4
3383 D4
3384 F4
3385 F4
3386 F5
3387 B3
3388 B4
3389 C4
3390 D3
4374 F5
5331 D2
5361 B6
6361 C3
6376 B2
6381 E5
6383 D2
7331 E3
7332 E3
7361 B3
7362 D3
7363 B5
7364 C5
7366 E6
7376 B2
7381 E5
7382 F5
9361 B6
F360 D2
F361 B6
F362 C6
F381 E7
F382 E7
I360 A5
I361 B3
I362 B3
I363 D3
I364 C3
I365 C4
I366 B5
I367 B5
I368 B5
I369 C5
I370 A4
I371 C5
I372 C5
I373 B3
I374 B2
I375 C2
I381 D3
I383 E4
I384 F4
I385 F4
I386 D2
I387 E3
L04L AA
7.
64
Layout CRT Panel (Top Side)
E_14480_004.eps
100204
0316
0330
1254
1255
1256
1331
1332
1351
1352
1361
1381
2330
2351
2352
2353
2361
2363
2364
2367
2368
2381
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3351
3354
3355
3356
3362
3364
3367
3371
3373
3381
5330
5331
5351
A2
A1
A2
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A2
A1
A2
A1
5352
5361
6331
6332
6333
6383
7330
7363
7364
7381
7382
9351
9352
9361
9373
9390
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
A2
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A1
A2
A1
A2
L04L AA
7.
65
Layout CRT Panel (Bottom Side)
2333
3376
2376
E_14480_005.eps
100204
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2362
2365
2376
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
3328
3329
3330
3337
3357
3361
3363
3365
3366
3368
3369
3370
3374
3375
3376
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
4328
4329
4330
4337
A1
A2
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
4370
4374
6334
6335
6336
6337
6361
6376
6381
7331
7332
7361
7362
7366
7376
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
Side AV + Headphone Panel

1
2
L04L AA
7.
66
10
SIDE AV PANEL + HP PANEL

6
1
2
3
4
5
Video_Gnd
3159
75R
1277-A
2175
1250-C
*
I155
1277-B
2178
470pF
1279
I162
2176
3
3157
470pF
for 2X10W from 1902
I163
3
2
1
I171
* 1250-B
8
9
330p
2171
150R
2u2 50
47K
2180
F150
* 9180
F151
E_14480_037.eps
190204
3139 123 5718.1
TO
ECO SUB
I169
3151
3150
RES
2174
SG03
5
6
2172
RES
I152
LEFT
2173
SG04
9152
1250-A
RES
9175
F154
TO
SPEAKER
3153
3152
RIGHT
for 2X5W from 1280
2u2
Video_Gnd
F152
2181
SG11
SG09
Video_Gnd Video_Gnd
I168
1u
Video_Gnd
3156
4
3
2
1
I170
39K
SG10
VIDEO IN
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
F153
SG08
SG02
Video_Gnd
6161
BZX79-C6V8
100R
5
4
3
2
1
1278
1232
I166
1254
from Main Chassis
1252
3160
Features & Connectivities
I157
From Main Chassis 1207
Video_Gnd
75R
3154
3161
SG01
75R
9181
4180
3155
1251
LAP5100-1411F
HEADPHONE
100R
3158
10
1232 A9
1250-A C1
1250-B D1
1250-C C1
1251 A2
1252 B5
1254 B6
1277-A C1
1277-B D1
1278 A10
1279 B10
2171 D4
2172 C4
2173 C3
2174 D3
2175 C4
2176 B8
2178 B8
2180 D4
2181 C8
3150 D3
3151 D3
3152 C3
3153 C3
3154 B2
3155 A2
3156 B8
3157 B8
3158 A3
3159 A4
3160 B4
3161 C8
4180 A2
6161 B3
9152 D3
9175 C4
9180 D4
9181 A3
F150 D4
F151 D4
F152 C4
F153 B4
F154 B7
I152 D3
I155 C3
I157 B3
I162 B7
I163 C8
I166 B7
I168 B8
I169 C8
I170 B10
I171 B10
SG01 A3
SG02 B3
SG03 D3
SG04 C3
SG08 B4
SG09 B4
SG10 B4
SG11 B4
L04L AA
7.
67
Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Top Side)

1232
1250
1251
1252
A4
A3
A2
A1
1254
1277
1278
1279
A3
A2
A4
A4
2171
2172
2173
2174
A1
A2
A3
A2
2175
2180
3150
3151
A2
A1
A2
A2
3152
3153
3154
3155
A3
A3
A1
A1
3156
3157
3158
3159
A4
A4
A1
A1
3160
6161
9152
9175
A1
A1
A3
A2
9180 A1
9181 A1
E_14480_038.eps
100204
3139 123 5718.1
Layout Side AV + Headphone Panel (Bottom Side)

2176
A1
2178
A1
2181
A2
3161
A2
4180
A3
2181
3139 123 5718.1
E_14480_039.eps
100204
L04L AA
7.
68
Top Control Panel
Layout Top Control Panel (Bottom Side)
1010 A1 1012 B3 1014 B2 3011 A2 3013 A3 3015 A3 F011 A2 I011 A2

1011 B3 1013 B2 3010 A2 3012 A2 3014 B3 3016 B3 F012 A3 I013 A3
I017 B3
I018 A3
3010 A1
3011 A1
3012 A1
3013 B1
3014 B1
3015 B1
3016 C1
E TOP CONTROL (PV2)

1010
1
FROM 1682
OF
KEY_PROTN
F011
A
*
3015
3016
*
SKQNAB
volume-
I017
E_14480_031.eps
190204
3139 123 5714.1
I018
1012
*
SKQNAB
volume+
1011
SKQNAB
channel-
150R
390R
1K8
JMP
820R
JMP
200R
430R
2K2
200R
820R
120R
1014
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
SKQNAB
L04
channel+
ITEM L03SS
1013
3013
F012
I013
3014
I011
3012
3011
RES
3010
Layout Top Control Panel (Top Side)

1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
A1
B1
C1
A1
A1
3139 123 5714.1
E_14480_032.eps
190204
3139 123 5714.1
E_14480_033.eps
100204
L04L AA
7.
69
Linearity & Panorama Panel
Layout Linearity & Panorama Panel (Top Side)
LINEARITY & PANORAMA PANEL
INNER PIN CUSHION CORRECTION

A
2n2
2467
3468
I410
2464
I416
2n2
I405
2466
47K
10u
6462
100R
3464
2470
15K
2469
3467
2K7
2460
I409
4R7
3469
3470
RGP10D
6464
2K7
3463
BZX79-C4V7
2u2 100V
I413
3466
100n
2465
I402
2468
I412
I408
2K2
7460
BC547B
6460
I406
BZX79-C12
3465
I417
7462
IRF640
I404
470K
3461
I403
3462
I407
6K8
1461
TO HORIZONTAL
DEFLECTION COIL
100K
I415
DIVERSITY TABLE
2466
34 BMCC
29 RF PDCC
34 RF PDCC
470N
220N
120N
1464
10u
6463
22u
1463
1N4148
2471
5461
I2SD/1
3
2
+9V 1
I419
2478
I418
7463
BC547B
1462
I420
3471
3K9
I421
1u
1u
2473
470n
10n
2472
2476
470n
2477
From 1221 of
22u
* 9460
5460
2474
2475
TO 1404 OF
LINE DEFLECTION
1461 A1
1462 D4
1463 D3
1464 D1
2460 B3
2464 B4
2465 A3
2466 A4
2467 B4
2468 B1
2469 C1
2470 C1
2471 D3
2472 E3
2473 E3
2474 D2
2475 D2
2476 D1
2477 E1
2478 E1
2479 E1
3461 A2
3462 B2
3463 B2
3464 C2
3465 B3
3466 A3
3467 B4
3468 C4
3469 B1
3470 C1
3471 E4
5460 D1
5461 D1
6460 B3
6462 B4
6463 D3
6464 C1
7460 B3
7462 A4
7463 E3
9460 D1
I402 A3
I403 A2
I404 A4
I405 A4
I406 B3
I407 A1
I408 B3
I409 B2
I410 B4
I412 B1
I413 C1
I415 C1
I416 B4
I417 B1
I418 E3
I419 D3
I420 E4
I421 E3
1461
1462
1463
1464
2460
B2
D2
D1
C2
A1
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
B2
B1
B2
A2
C2
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
B2
B1
D2
D2
D2
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
D2
C2
C2
C2
C2
2479
3461
3462
3463
3464
C2
B2
B1
B1
B1
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
B1
B2
A2
A2
C2
3470
3471
5460
5461
6460
C1
D2
B2
C2
A1
6461
6462
6463
7460
7461
A2
D2
C1
A1
A2
7462 D2
9460 B2
2479
1u
EU
NA / LA /AP
Regions
Screen Size 28WS 28WR 32WR 24WR 28WS 28WR 32WR
----680nF 560nF --2469
560nF 680nF
----2470
470nF 470nF
470nF
------2474
330nF
330nF 470nF 330nF 330nF 330nF
------------2475
560nF
------JMP
JMP
JMP
JMP
9460
E_14480_043.eps
200204
3139 123 5759.1
3139 123 5759.1
E_14480_044.eps
100204
L04L AA
7.
70
LTI/CTI INTERFACE PANEL
To 1212 of
3627
INTF_FBL
4n7
1212
1K0
SANDCASTLE
I626
INTF_V_OUT
INTF_U_OUT
INTF_Y_OUT
1
2
I627
4611
4612
4613
4
GND
7611
2614
100n
VIDOa
100n
2V1
VIDIa2
2V2
3-STATE
SELECTABLE
CLAMP
20 9V2
VCC
15 5V1
DECDIG
12
3613
3614
100K
3615 100K
100K
2615
100n
2616
100n
VIDIb1
2V1
SELECTABLE
CLAMP
VIDOb
11
VIDIb2
2V1
0V6
SC
0V3
ADEXT1
0V2
ADEXT2
0V2
ADEXT3
6
7
0V5
YIN
0V
ADR
18 0V
2V1
7
1
3
4
5
3-STATE
SELECTABLE
CLAMP
UIN
VIN
SCL
SDA
VOUT
UOUT
YOUT
SOUT
CF
SANDCASTLE
11
12
I621
3V211
3V214
2V716
2V717
2V919
21
22
VEE
4631
3621
3619
3-STATE
Vp
680p
6633
10K
1u0
3630
10K
2631
100n
3631
4630
3617
from DVD/IDTV/PIP panels

1 SDA
From 1214 of
2 GND
2610
100n
2611
I633
330K
2638
1u0
25V 10u
I624
4625
3625
From 1206 of
4614
RES
+8V
E_14480_040.eps
200204
3139 123 5740.1
I617
I618
3638
+8V
1206
1215
3 SCL
2606
RES
2627
100R
RES
3616
I623
7635
BC857BW
1
9V2
GND
680p
1K2
2633
4636
6636
FBI2
BAS316
9612
RES
13
5610
75R
75R
FBI1
1K0
2634
3V9
5613
3V9
FBO
14
4V5
3634
I620
100R
7630
BC847BW
2M2
4V5
1u0
3637
+8V
BAS316
SEL
3635
2630
0V
15
2626
9V
BAS316
3-STATE
560R
2V1
SELECTABLE
CLAMP
6635
VIDIc2
470p
3636
2V1
8
10
470R
2636
VIDOc
3633
2V1
SELECTABLE
CLAMP
270R
3620
100n
VIDIc1
3632
75R
100n
2618
I616
+8V
2617
10
BAS316
2V4
100n
2612
SELECTABLE
CLAMP
+9V
100n
VIDIa1
8
I622
INTF_FBL
6610
2
10
12
13
23
24
2V 8
2V 9
3610
2605
0V
4610
0V6
DECODING
PICTURE
IMPROVEMENT
+8V
16
Pr_2
4634
4632
IOCNTR
2613
4633
7610
TDA9178T/N1
5
6
Pb_2
TDA8601T
3
I628
Y_2
From 1212 of
+9V
I613
1K0
BZX384-C6V8
I614
3612
7627
PMBT2369
0V
9613
I611
1K0
100R
I619
3628
3626
GND
I610 I612
6625
BZX384-C2V7
2628
1216
1
2
3
4
+9V
B4B-EH-A
B5B-EH-A
1214
6611
RES
INTF_Y|GREEN_IN
INTF_Pb|BLUE_IN
INTF_Pr|RED_IN
0V5
2K2
1
2
3
4
5
for DVD/IDTV panels
from PIP panel
1206 E8
1212 B9
1214 A2
1215 E8
1216 A3
2605 C5
2606 F4
2610 E9
2611 E9
2612 C5
2613 C1
2614 D1
2615 D1
2616 D1
2617 D1
2618 E1
2626 E8
2627 E9
2628 A8
2630 E4
2631 F4
2633 E5
2634 E6
2636 E7
2638 F7
3610 D9
3612 B6
3613 D5
3614 D5
3615 D5
3616 E8
3617 E8
3619 E1
3620 E1
3621 E1
3625 F9
3626 A8
3627 A8
3628 A7
3630 F5
3631 F4
3632 E5
3633 E5
3634 E6
3635 E6
3636 E6
3637 E7
3638 F7
4610 D9
4611 B6
4612 B6
4613 B6
4614 F6
4625 F9
4630 E9
4631 D5
4632 D7
4633 C8
4634 C8
4636 E5
5610 E4
5613 F9
6610 E9
6611 A6
6625 A7
6633 F5
6635 F6
6636 E4
7610 C6
7611 C2
7627 A8
7630 E5
7635 E6
9612 E4
9613 F9
I610 B2
I611 B2
I612 B2
I613 B3
I614 B6
I616 D9
I617 E9
I618 F9
I619 B6
I620 E9
I621 C8
I622 C9
I623 E8
I624 F8
I626 B9
I627 B9
I628 B9
I633 F8
L04L AA
7.
Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Top Side)

1206
1212
1214
1215
A1
A2
A1
A1
3139 123 5740.1
1216
2611
2636
5610
A1
A2
A2
A2
5613
9612
9613
9614
A2
A2
A2
A2
71
Layout LTI/CTI Interface Panel (Bottom Side)

9615
9616
9617
9618
A2
A2
A2
A2
2605
2606
2610
2612
2613
2614
2615
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
2616
2617
2618
2626
2627
2628
2630
A2
A2
A2
A1
A2
A1
A1
2631
2633
2634
2638
3610
3612
3613
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
3614
3615
3616
3617
3619
3620
3621
A2
A2
A1
A2
A2
A2
A2
3625
3626
3627
3628
3630
3631
3632
A2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
4610
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
4611
4612
4613
4614
4617
4625
4630
A1
A1
A1
A2
A2
A2
A1
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
A1
A1
A2
A2
A1
A1
A1
6610
6611
6625
6633
6635
6636
7610
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A2
7611
7627
7630
7635
A2
A1
A1
A1
E_14480_041.eps
100204
3139 123 5740.1
E_14480_042.eps
100204
L04L AA
7.
72
Front Interface Panel
Layout Front Interface Panel (Top Side)
1211 D1
1231 C3
1505 A1
FRONT INTERFACE PANEL

A
LATAM 100V - 250V

NAFTA 110V
EUROPE 220V - 240V
9001
RES
1231
AC MAINS
T4.0AE
INPUT
1211
I012
1
2
110V/220V
I013
I014
I002
From 1505 OF
POWER SUPPLY
9002
RES
3M3
3501
1505
1
2
SDKVE30100
3M3
3500
I001
4001
I003
C
RES
3694
C
6692
TSOP1836
3
1
2
A9
4
5
6691
I008
I010
100n
FOR
ITV
ONLY
10u 50V
2698
I004
I007
2698 A3
3500 B2
3501 B3
3691 B3
3693 B3
3694 B3
6691 B4
6692 B4
6693 A4
9001 C1
9002 D2
9685 B3
9695 B3
9696 A3
3139 123 5722.1
E_14480_035.eps
100204
Layout Front Interface Panel (Bottom Side)
LTL-10224WHCR
L01 USA ONLY
I015
I011
6693
GND
I009
2691
OUT
220R
I006
9695
3693
+6
3691
FROM 1693
OF
FRONT
CONTROL
I005
330R
7691
RES
LTR-301
1693
VS
1211 B1
1231 A3
1505 B4
1606 D3
1693 D1
2691 D4
2692 E2
2698 D4
3500 B2
3501 B2
3691 D3
3693 D3
3694 C4
3696 E2
3697 E2
4001 C3
4601 E2
6691 D3
6692 C4
6693 E2
7691 E2
9001 A3
9002 B3
9695 D3
I001 B2
I002 B3
I003 C3
I004 D1
I005 D1
I006 D1
I007 D3
I008 D1
I009 D4
I010 D1
I011 D3
I012 B2
I013 B4
I014 B4
I015 D1
I016 E2
1606 D4
1693 A3
2691 A4
1606
POWER
47n
4601
680K
2692
3696
I016
3697
10K
E_14480_034.eps
200204
3139 123 5722.1
3139 123 5722.1
E_14480_036.eps
100204
Alignments
L04L AA
8.
EN 73
8. Alignments
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

1. General Alignment Conditions
2. Hardware Alignments
3. Software Alignments and Settings
Note:
The Service Default Mode (SDM) and Service Alignment
Mode (SAM) are described in chapter 5 Service Modes,
....
Menu navigation is done with the CURSOR UP, DOWN,
LEFT, or RIGHT keys of the remote control transmitter.
8.1
10.
General Alignment Conditions

11.
Perform all electrical adjustments under the following
conditions:
AC voltage and frequency (region dependent):
120 V_ac / 60 Hz, or
240 V_ac / 50 Hz.
Connect the set to the AC power (a.k.a. Mains voltage) via
an isolation transformer with a low internal resistance.
Allow the set to warm up for approximately 20 minutes.
Measure the voltages and waveforms in relation to chassis
ground (with the exception of the voltages on the primary
side of the power supply). Never use the cooling fins /
plates as ground.
Test probe: Ri > 10 Mohm; Ci < 2.5 pF.
Use an isolated trimmer / screwdriver to perform the
alignments.
12.
13.
Go, via the MENU key, to the normal user menu and set
SATURATION/COLOR to 0.
CONTRAST to 0.
BRIGHTNESS to minimum (OSD just visible).
Return to the SAM via the MENU key.
Connect the RF output of a pattern generator to the
antenna input. Test pattern is a 'black' picture (blank
screen on CRT without any OSD info) with a signal
strength of 1 V_pp.
Set the channel of the oscilloscope to 50 V/div and the time
base to 0.2 ms (external triggering on the vertical pulse).
Ground the scope at the CRT panel and connect a 10:1
probe to one of the cathodes of the picture tube socket (see
diagram B).
Measure the cut off pulse during first full line after the frame
blanking (see figure V_cutoff waveform). You will see two
pulses, one being the cut off pulse and the other being the
white drive pulse. Choose the one with the lowest value;
this is the cut off pulse.
Select the cathode with the highest V_dc value for the
alignment. Adjust the V_cutoff of this gun with the
SCREEN potentiometer (see figure Top view family
board) on the LOT to 160 V_dc, except for the 25/28BLD
picture tube (Black Line Display, for EU only); this tube
must be aligned to 140 V_dc.
Restore BRIGHTNESS and CONTRAST to normal (= 31).
max.
8.2
Hardware Alignments
VCUTOFF [VDC]
0V Ref.
E_06532_011.eps
110204
Figure 8-2 V_cutoff waveform

C
1506
1504
8.2.2
1. Tune the set to a circle or crosshatch test pattern (use an

external video pattern generator).
2. Choose picture mode NATURAL with the SMART
PICTURE button on the remote control transmitter.
3. Adjust the FOCUS potentiometer (see figure Top view
family board) until the vertical lines at 2/3 from east and
west, at the height of the centerline, are of minimum width
without visible haze.
7990
5512
7601
9275
SDM
9252
1221
1204
1000 (TUNER)
LOT
Focus
Screen
VG2
D
1005
ComPair
E_14480_030.eps
130204
Figure 8-1 Top view family board

8.2.1
Focusing
Vg2 Adjustment
1. Activate the SAM.
2. Go to the WHITE TONE sub menu.
3. Set the values of NORMAL RED, GREEN and BLUE to
32.
EN 74
8.3
8.
L04L AA
Alignments
Software Alignments and Settings

00028 L04L 0.12
SDM
ERR 0 0 0 0 0
OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000
00028 L04L 0.12

ERR 0 0 0 0 0
. OP1
. OP2
. OP3
. OP4
. OP5
. OP6
. OP7
0
57
140
32
120
128
0
Clear ?
On
SAM
. Delta Cool Red -3
. Delta Cool Green -1
. Delta Cool Blue 5
SAM
OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000

. Clear
. Options
. AKB
. Tuner
. White Tone
. Geometry
. Audio
. NVM Editor
. ComPair
SAM
SAM
. IFPLL
. AGC
. CL
32
30
10
SAM
. Normal Red
. Normal Green
. Normal Blue
32
35
41
on
1 00028 L04L 0.12

CSM
2 CODES 0 0 0 0 0
3 OP 000 057 140 032 120 128 000
4 nnXXnnnn/nnX
5 P3C-1
6 NOT TUNED
7 NTSC
8 STEREO
9 CO 50 CL 50 BR 50 HU 0
0 AVL Off BS 50
SAM
. Cool
. Normal
. Warm
SAM
. Delta Warm Red
2
. Delta Warm Green -3
. Delta Warm Blue
-13
SAM
. Horizontal
. Vertical
SAM
.HP 37
.HB 31
.HSH 34
.EWW 45
.EWP 14
.EWT 27
.UCP 42
.LCP 53
SAM
. QSS Off
. FMI On
SAM
.SBL
.VSH
.VS
.VAM
.VSC
OFF
29
37
30
25
SAM
.ADR
.VAL
.Store
0x0000
0x0000
Store ?
0
0
E_14480_001.eps
240304
Figure 8-3 Service Mode overview
Alignments
Enter the Service Alignment Mode (see also chapter 5 Service
Modes, ....). The SAM menu will now appear on the screen.
Select one of the following alignments:
Options
Tuner
White Tone
Geometry
Audio
8.3.1
Options
Options are used to control the presence/absence of certain
features and hardware.
How to change an Option Byte
An Option Byte represents a number of different options.
Changing these bytes directly, makes it possible to set all
options very fast. All options are controlled via seven option
bytes. Select the option byte (OP1.. OP7) with the MENU UP/
DOWN keys, and enter the new value.
Leaving the OPTION submenu saves the changes in the
Option Byte settings. Some changes will only take effect after
the set has been switched off and on with the AC power
switch (cold start).
How to calculate the value of an Option Byte
Calculate an Option Byte value (OP1 .. OP7) in the
following way:
Check the status of the single option bits (OB): are they
enabled (1) or disabled (0).
When an option bit is enabled (1) it represents a certain
value (see column Bit value in table below). When an
option bit is disabled, its value is 0.
The total value of an Option Byte (decimal) is formed by the
sum of its eight option bits. The factory values are printed
on a sticker on the CRT (depends on region).
Table 8-1 Option Byte calculation
Bit (value)
OP1
OP2
OP3
OP4
OP5
OP6
OP7
0 (1)
OB10 OB20 OB30 OB40 OB50 OB60 OB70
1 (2)
2 (4)
3 (8)
4 (16)
5 (32)
6 (64)
7 (128)
Total:
Sum
Sum
Sum
Sum
Sum
Sum
Sum
Option Bit Assignment

Following are the option bit assignments for all software
clusters.
L04L AA
8.
EN 75
EN 76
8.
Alignments
L04L AA
29PT4641
29PT5642
28PW6441
28PW6542
32PW6542
32PW6542/85
Philips Tuner
FM Radio
LNA
ATS (EU)
ACI
UK PNP
Virgin Mode
China
OP1 value (dec)
Reserved
Green_UI
Channel Naming
LTI
Tilt
Fine_Tuning
PIP Philips Tuner
Hue
OP2 value (dec)
37
37
37
37
61
61
61
Option Bit
Option Name
25PT5541
Table 8-2 Option code overview per model (OP1 - OP4)
OP1
OP2
OP3
7
EW Function
2 Tuner PIP
PIP_Splitter
Splitter
Virtual Dolby
Wide Screen
WSSB (EU)
Eco_Subwoofer
OP3 value (dec)
144 16 144 148 156 156 156
OP4
7
Reserved
Reserved
Ultra Bass
Delta Volume
Reserved
Volume Limiter
Reserved
Stero_Nicam_2CS
OP4 value (dec)
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
Option Byte 1 (OP1)

OB17: PHILIPS TUNER
OB16: FM RADIO
OB15: LNA
OB14: ATS (EU)
OB13: ACI
OB12: UK PNP
OB11: VIRGIN MODE
OB10: CHINA
Option Byte 2 (OP2)
OB27: Reserved (value= 0)
OB26: GREEN UI
OB25: CHANNEL NAMING
OB24: LTI
OB23: TILT
OB22: FINE TUNING
OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER
OB20: HUE
Option Byte 3 (OP3)
OB37: EW FUNCTION
OB36: 2 TUNER PIP
OB35: PIP SPLITTER
OB34: SPLITTER
OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY
OB32: WIDE SCREEN
OB31: WSSB (EU)
OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER
Option Byte 4 (OP4)
OB45: ULTRA BASS
OB44: DELTA VOLUME
OB42: VOLUME LIMITER
OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS
Alignments
25PT5541
29PT4641
29PT5642
28PW6441
28PW6542
32PW6542
32PW6542/85
AV1
AV2
AV3
CVI
SVHS2
SVHS3
Hotel Mode
Reserved
Option Bit
Option Name
OP5
202 202 250 250 250 250 250
OP6
7
Personal Zapping
Reserved
FM Trap
Comb filter
Active control
Video Text
Light sensor
Dual Text
OP6 value (dec)
40
40
42
40
42
42
40
OP7
7
Time Win1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
OP7 value (dec)
Option Byte 5 (OP5)

OB57: AV1
OB56: AV2
OB55: AV3
OB54: CVI
OB53: SVHS2
OB52: SVHS3
OB51: HOTEL MODE
Option Byte 6 (OP6)
OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING
OB65: FM TRAP
OB64: COMB FILTER
OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL
OB62: VIDEO TEXT
OB61: LIGHT SENSOR
OB60: DUAL TEXT
Option Byte 7 (OP7)
OB77: TIME WIN1
8.
EN 77
Option bit definition
Table 8-3 Option code overview per model (OP5 - OP7)
OP5 value (dec)
L04L AA
Option Byte 1 (OP1)

OB17: PHILIPS TUNER
0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use.
1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use.
OB16: FM RADIO
0 : FM radio feature is disabled or not applicable.
1 : FM radio feature is enabled.
OB15: LNA
0 : Auto Picture Booster is not available or not
applicable.
1 : Auto Picture Booster is available.
OB14: ATS
0 : Automatic Tuning System (ATS) feature is disabled
or not applicable.
1 : ATS feature is enabled. When ATS is enabled, it
sorts the program in an ascending order starting from
program 1.
OB13: ACI
0 : Automatic Channel Installation (ACI) feature is
disabled or not applicable.
1 : ACI feature is enabled.
OB12: UK PNP
0 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is not available or
not applicable.
1 : UK's default Plug and Play setting is available.
When UK PNP and VIRGIN MODE are set to 1 at the
initial setup and after exiting from menu, VIRGIN
MODE will be set automatically to 0 while UK PNP
remains 1.
OB11: VIRGIN MODE
0 : Virgin mode is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Virgin mode is enabled. Plug and Play menu item
will be displayed to perform installation at the initial
startup of the TV when VIRGIN MODE is set to 1.
After installation is finished, this option bit will be
automatically set to 0.
OB10: CHINA
0 : Tuning is not for China set, or this option bit is not
applicable.
1 : Tuning is for China set.
Option Byte 2 (OP2)
OB27: Reserved
Default setting is 0.
OB26: GREEN UI
0 : Green UI is disabled (for Philips brand).
1 : Green UI is enabled (for Magnavox brand).
Note: only for NAFTA region.
OB25: CHANNEL NAMING
0 : Name FM Channel is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Name FM Channel is enabled.
Note : Name FM channel can be enabled only when
FM RADIO= 1.
OB24: LTI
0 : Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI) is disabled
or not applicable.
1 : LTI is enabled.
OB23: TILT
0 : Rotate Picture is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Rotate Picture is enabled.
OB22: FINE TUNING
0 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is disabled or not
applicable.
1 : Fine Tuning for Channel Offset is enabled.
OB21: PIP PHILIPS TUNER
0 : ALPS / MASCO compatible tuner is in use for PIP
module.
1 : Philips compatible tuner is in use for PIP module.
OB20: HUE
0 : Hue/Tint Level is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Hue/Tint Level is enabled.
EN 78
8.
L04L AA
Alignments
Option Byte 3 (OP3)

OB37: EW FUNCTION
0 : EW function is disabled. In this case, only Expand
4:3 is allowed, Compress 16:9 is not applicable.
1 : EW function is enabled. In this case, both Expand
4:3 and Compress 16:9 are applicable.
OB36: 2 TUNER PIP
0 : Software selection no PIP
1 : Software selection with PIP
Note: Only for EU/AP region for sets with PIP.
OB35: PIP SPLITTER
0 : Normal Tuner in PIP
1 : Splitter in PIP
Note: Only for EU/AP region. For PIP sets and build in
with Splitter in PIP tuner.
OB34: SPLITTER
0 : Normal Tuner for main chassis
1 : Splitter Tuner for main chassis
Note: Only for EU/AP region.
OB33: VIRTUAL DOLBY
0 : Virtual Dolby is not applicable.
1 : Virtual Dolby is applicable.
OB32: WIDE SCREEN
0 : Software is used for 4:3 sets or not applicable.
1 : Software is used for 16:9 sets.
OB31: WSSB (EU)
0 : WSSB is disabled or not applicable.
1 : WSSB is enabled.
Note : This option bit can be set to 1 only when WIDE
SCREEN= 1.
OB30: ECO SUBWOOFER
0 : Feature is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Feature is enabled.
Option Byte 4 (OP4)
OB47: Reserved
OB46: Reserved
OB45: ULTRA BASS
0 : Ultra Bass is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Ultra Bass is enabled.
OB44: DELTA VOLUME
0 : Delta Volume Level is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Delta Volume Level is enabled.
OB43: Reserved
OB42: VOLUME LIMITER
0 : Volume Limiter Level is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Toggle Volume Limiter Level is enabled.
OB41: Reserved
OB40: STEREO NICAM 2CS
0 : For AV Stereo.
1 : For NICAM Stereo 2CS.
Option Byte 5 (OP5)
OB57: AV1
0 : AV1 source is not present.
1 : AV1 source is present.
OB56: AV2
0 : AV2 source is not present.
1 : AV2 source is present.
Note : For EU, when AV2=1, both EXT2 and SVHS2
should be included in the OSD loop.
OB55: AV3
0 : Side/Front AV3 source is not present.
1 : Side/Front AV3 source is present.
OB54: CVI
0 : CVI source is not available.
1 : CVI source is available.
OB53: SVHS2
0 : SVHS2 source is not available.
1 : SVHS2 source is available.

Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU.
OB52: SVHS3
0 : SVHS3 source is not available.
1 : SVHS3 source is available.
Note : This option bit is not applicable for EU.
OB51: HOTEL MODE
0 : Hotel mode is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Hotel mode is enabled.
OB50: Reserved
Option Byte 6 (OP6)

OB67: PERSONAL ZAPPING
0 : Personal Zapping feature is disabled or not
applicable.
1 : Personal Zapping feature is enabled.
OB66: Reserved
OB65: FM TRAP
0 : FM Trap is not present.
1 : FM Trap is present.
Note: Only for LATAM region.
OB64: COMBFILTER
0 : 3D-combfilter is not present.
1 : 3D-combfilter is present.
OB63: ACTIVE CONTROL
0 : Active Control feature is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Active Control feature is enabled.
OB62: VIDEO TEXT
0 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is disabled or not
applicable.
1 : Video Text (DW with TXT) is enabled.
Note: For EU only.
OB61: LIGHT SENSOR
0 : Light sensor feature is disabled or not applicable.
1 : Light sensor feature is enabled.
OB60: DUAL TEXT
0 : Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are disabled or not
applicable.
1: Dual Text and Text Dual Screen are enabled.
Option Byte 7 (OP7)
OB77: TIME WIN1
00 : The time window is set to 1.2 s.
01 : The time window is set to 2 s.
Note :The time-out for all digit entries depends on this
setting.
OB76: Reserved
OB75: Reserved
OB74: Reserved
OB73: Reserved
OB72 Reserved
OB71 Reserved
OB70: Reserved
Alignments
8.3.2
Tuner
Note: Described alignments are only necessary when the NVM
(item 7601) is replaced.
IF PLL
This adjustment is auto-aligned. Therefore, no action is
required.
AGC (AGC take over point)
1. Set the external pattern generator to a color bar video
signal and connect the RF output to aerial input. Set
amplitude to 10 mV and set frequency to 61.25 MHz
(channel 3).
2. Connect a DC multimeter to pin 1 of the tuner (item 1000
on the main panel).
3. Activate the SAM.
4. Go to the TUNER sub menu.
5. Select AGC with the UP/DOWN cursor keys.
6. Adjust the AGC-value with the LEFT/ RIGHT cursor keys
until the voltage at pin 1 of the tuner lies between 3.8 and
2.3 V (default value is 20).
7. Switch the set to STANDBY, in order to store the
alignments.
CL (Cathode drive level)
Always set to 5.
8.3.3
White Tone
In the WHITE TONE sub menu, the values of the black cut off
level can be adjusted. Normally, no alignment is needed, and
you can use the given default values.
The color temperature mode (NORMAL, COOL and WARM)
and the color (R, G, and B) can be selected with the UP/DOWN
RIGHT/LEFT cursor keys. The value can be changed with the
LEFT/RIGHT cursor keys. First, select the values for the
NORMAL color temperature. Then select the values for the
COOL and WARM mode. After alignment, switch the set to
STANDBY, in order to store the alignments.
Default settings:
NORMAL:
NORMAL R= 26
NORMAL G= 32
NORMAL B= 27
COOL:
DELTA COOL R= -3
DELTA COOL G= 0
DELTA COOL B= 5
WARM:
DELTA WARM R= 2
DELTA WARM G= 0
DELTA WARM B= -6
8.3.4
L04L AA
8.
EN 79
Geometry
The geometry alignments menu contains several items to align
the set, in order to obtain correct picture geometry.
VERT. SLOPE
VERT. SHIFT
VERT. AMPLITUDE
V.S-CORRECTION
HOR. SHIFT
HOR. AMPLITUDE
E/W PARABOLE
UPPER E/W CORNER
LOWER E/W CORNER
10
E/W TRAPEZIUM
11
HOR. PARALLELOGRAM
12
HOR. BOW
E_06532_010.eps
110204
Figure 8-4 Geometry alignments

1. Connect an external video pattern generator to the aerial
input of the TV-set and input a crosshatch test pattern. Set
the generator amplitude to at least 1 mV and set frequency
to 61.25 MHz (channel 3).
2. Set 'Smart Picture' to NATURAL (or MOVIES).
3. Activate the SAM menu (see chapter 5 Service Modes,
...).
4. Go to the GEOMETRY sub menu.
5. Choose HORIZONTAL or VERTICAL alignment.
EN 80
8.
Alignments
L04L AA
8.3.5
Now the following alignments can be performed:

Horizontal
Horizontal Parallelogram (HP). Align straight vertical
lines in the top and the bottom; vertical rotation around the
center.
Horizontal Bow (HB). Align straight horizontal lines in the
top and the bottom; horizontal rotation around the center.
Horizontal Shift (HSH). Align the horizontal center of the
picture to the horizontal center of the CRT.
East West Width (EWW). Align the picture width until the
complete test pattern is visible.
East West Parabola (EWP). Align straight vertical lines at
the sides of the screen.
Upper Corner Parabola (UCP). Align straight vertical lines
in the upper corners of the screen.
Lower Corner Parabola (LCP). Align straight vertical lines
in the lower corners of the screen.
East West Trapezium (EWT). Align straight vertical lines
in the middle of the screen.
H60 (Delta HSH for 60Hz, if present). Align straight
horizontal lines if NTSC system is used (60 Hz) i.s.o. PAL
(50 Hz). Default value is 9.
Vertical
Service blanking (SBL). Switch the blanking of the lower
half of the screen on or off (to be used in combination
with the vertical slope alignment).
Vertical Shift (VSH). Align the vertical centering so that
the test pattern is located vertically in the middle. Repeat
the 'vertical amplitude' alignment if necessary.
Vertical slope (VS). Align the vertical center of the picture
to the vertical center of the CRT. This is the first of the
vertical alignments to perform. For an easy alignment, set
SBL to on.
Vertical Amplitude (VAM). Align the vertical amplitude so
that the complete test pattern is visible.
Vertical S-Correction (VSC). Align the vertical linearity,
meaning that vertical intervals of a grid pattern must be
equal over the entire screen height.
Vertical Zoom (VX, if present). The vertical zoom is
added in for the purpose of development. It helps the
designer to set proper values for the movie expand or
movie(16x9) compress. Default value is 25.
V60 (Delta VAM for 60Hz, if present). Align straight
vertical lines if NTSC system (60 Hz) is used i.s.o. PAL (50
Hz). Default value is -2.
In the next table, you will find the GEOMETRY default values
for the different sets.
HP (Horizontal parallelogram)
32PW6542
28PW6542
28PW6441
29PT5642
29PT4641
25PT5541
Alignment
Table 8-4 Default geometry values
31 31 31 31 31 31
HB (Horizontal Bow)
31 31 31 31 31 31
HSH (Horizontal shift)
26 26 26 26 26 26
EWW (EW width)
37 37 37 37 37 37
EWP (EW parabola width)
10 10 10 10 10 10
EWT (EW trapezium)
26 26 26 26 26 26
UCP (EW upper corner parabola) 30 30 30 30 30 30

LCP (EW lower corner parabola) 40 40 40 40 40 40
VS (Vertical slope)
37 37 37 37 37 37
VSH (Vertical Shift)
26 26 26 26 26 26
VAM (Vertical amplitude)
30 30 30 30 30 30
VSC (Vertical S-Correction)
30 30 32 18 27 16
Audio
No alignments are needed for the audio sub menu. Use the
given default values.
QSS (Quasi Split Sound)
For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for APNTSC): set to On.
For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM): set to
On.
For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC): set to Off.
FMI (Freq. Modulation Intercarrier)
For NICAM/2CS sound system (EU/AP, except for
APNTSC): set to On.
For AV-Stereo sound system (sets without NICAM): set to
Off.
For dBx/non-dBx sound systems: set to On.
NICAM Alignment
For sets with NICAM/2CS (EU/AP, except for AP-NTSC)
sound system: set to 79.
For all other sets (NAFTA/LATAM/AP-NTSC): set to 63.
Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets
L04L AA
9.
EN 81
9. Circuit Descriptions, List of Abbreviations, and IC Data Sheets

1. Introduction
2. Power Supply
3. Deflection
4. Control
5. Tuner and IF
6. Source Selection
7. Audio
8. Video
9. Abbreviations
10. IC Data Sheets
The tuning system features 181 channels with on-screen

display. The main tuning system uses a tuner, a
microcomputer, and a memory IC mounted on the main panel.
The microcomputer communicates with the memory IC, the
customer keyboard, remote receiver, tuner, signal processor IC
and the audio output IC via the I2C bus. The memory IC retains
the settings for favorite stations, customer-preferred settings,
and service / factory data.
The on-screen graphics and closed caption decoding are done
within the microprocessor where they are added to the main
signal.
Notes:
Only new circuits compared to the L01.1 chassis are
described in this chapter. For the other circuit descriptions,
see the manual of the L01.1 chassis.
Figures can deviate slightly from the actual situation, due
to different set executions.
For a good understanding of the following circuit
descriptions, please use the diagrams in sections Block
Diagrams, ..., and/or Electrical Diagrams. Where
necessary, you will find a separate drawing for clarification.
9.1
The chassis uses a Switching Mode Power Supply (SMPS) for

the main voltage source. The chassis has a 'hot' ground
reference on the primary side and a cold ground reference on
the secondary side of the power supply and the rest of the
chassis.
Introduction
The "L04" chassis is a global TV chassis for the model year
2004 and is used for TV sets with large screen sizes (from 21
to 36 inch), in Super Flat and Real Flat executions (both in 4:3
and 16:9 variants).
There are three types of CRT namely the 100 degrees, 110
degrees and Wide Screen CRT.
The 100 deg. 4:3 CRT is raster-correction-free and does
not need East/West Correction (except when used in AP
regions), therefore the corrections needed are Horizontal
Shift, Vertical Slope, Vertical Amplitude, Vertical SCorrection, Vertical Shift, and Vertical Zoom for geometry
corrections.
The 110 deg. 4:3 CRT comes with East/West Correction.
In addition to the parameter mentioned above, it also
needs the Horizontal Parallelogram, Horizontal Bow,
Horizontal Shift, East/West Width, East/West Parabola,
East/West Upper and Lower Corners, and East/West
Trapezium correction.
The Wide Screen TV sets have all the correction of the
110 deg. 4:3 CRTs and also have additional picture format
like the 4:3 format, 16:9, 14:9, 16:9 zoom, subtitle zoom,
and the Super-Wide picture format.
Control, small signal, mono/stereo, and extensive Audio/

Video switching in one IC.
Upgrade with digital sound & video processing.
Alignment free IF, including SECAM-L/L1 and AM
(depends on region).
FM sound 4.5/5.5/6.0/6.5, no traps/bandpass filters.
Full multi-standard color decoder.
One Xtal reference for all functions (microprocessor, RCP,
TXT/CC, RDS, color decoder, and stereo sound
processor).
9.2
Power Supply
9.2.1
Block Diagram
Vbatt (to deflection & DVD interface board)

-Vaudio

) *
+Vaudio
,- &#' + * &# .%/ &%/ 0!
!"

#$% &#' (%
.%/ &#' !

*1# 1 . !

,2 . %#$ 345!

+ *
,- . %#$

) !"
,6
,242!
7 &# !
8 .% . #. 8 .
1. 9 :);: 7!
E_14480_072.eps
200204
In comparison to its predecessor (the L01.1), this chassis is

has the following (new) features:
Audio: The sound processor is part of the UOC processor
(called Hercules).
Video: Enhanced video features, video drivers, and Active
Control.
Control: Comparable to L01.1 (e.g. Dual clock, I/O
mapping, I/O switching).
Power Supply: Adapted to supply the Hercules IC, and to
enable 0.5 W Standby power dissipation. Also provisions
are made for future extensions like DVD and iDTV.
The standard architecture consists of a Main panel (called
"family board"), a Picture Tube panel, a Side I/O panel, and a
Top Control panel. The Main panel consists primarily of
conventional components with some surface mounted devices
in the audio and video processing part.
The functions for video/audio processing, microprocessor (P),
and CC/Teletext (TXT) decoder are all combined in one IC
(TDA1200x, item 7200), the so-called third generation Ultimate
One Chip (UOC-III) or Hercules. This chip is mounted on the
solder side of the main panel, and has the following features:
Figure 9-1 Block diagram power supply

Stdby_con signal
The Hercules generates this signal. This line is logic low (0 V)
under normal operation and in semi-Standby of the TV, and is
high (3.3 V) during Standby.
Power_down signal
The AUX SMPS generates this signal. It is logic high (3 .3 V)
under normal operation of the TV and goes low (0 V) when the
AC power (or Mains) input voltage supply goes below 70 V_ac.
B (Hercules port)
This port is used to switch the AUX SMPS output V_aux On/
Off. This is required for DVD and iDTV (for future extensions).
EN 82
9.2.2
9.
L04L AA
Timing Diagrams
Power ON - To Standby - Out of Standby - Power OFF
To Standby
Power ON
Normal
Power off
Out of Standby
Standby mode
Perform hard-reset
Normal
3, 3.3, 6V
POWER_DOWN
STDBY
+1V8 EXT.
Stdby_con
Vbat, Vaudio
STB bit
VT_supply
+5V
10mS
PIP Supplies
B
Closed
Open
Relay status
1s(ref)
2s(ref)
200ms
100ms(ref)
800ms 200ms
2s(ref)
20ms(ref)
10ms(ref 10ms(ref)
E_14480_073.eps
200204
Figure 9-2 Timing diagram Standby

Power ON - To Semi Standby - Out of Semi Standby - Power OFF
Power ON
To Semi Standby
Normal
Out of Semi Standby

Semi Standby
Power OFF
Normal
under
start_up
Perform
sequence
fordetails.
Hard-reset
3, 3.3, 6V
STDBY
+1V8 ext
Stdby_con
Vbat, Vaudio
STB bit
VT_supply
+5V
10mS
PIP Supplies
B
Closed
Open
Relay status
1s(ref)
200ms
2s(ref)
800ms
20ms (ref)
10ms(ref)
10ms(ref)
E_14480_074.eps
200204
Figure 9-3 Timing diagram Semi Standby

9.2.3
9.
EN 83
Table 9-3 PSU voltage overview
Startup Sequence
When the set is connected to the AC power, the rectified line
voltage (via winding 4-5 of L5531 connected to pin 14 of
IC7531) will start the internal voltage source to charge the V_cc
capacitor (C2532). The IC starts to switch as soon as the V_cc
reaches the V_cc start level of 9.5 V. This supply is
automatically taken over by winding 1-2, as soon as the V_cc
is high enough, and the internal supply source will stop (for high
efficiency switching).
L04L AA
Voltage
Normal operation
Stdby mode
V_batt
130 - 143 V
0V
V_audio
+/- 15.5 V
0V
+6V
6V
6V
+3V
3V
3V
Stdby_con
0V
3.3 V
9.3
Deflection
9.3.1
Synchronization
Table 9-1 Pinning overview TEA1523

Pin
Symbol
Description
Gnd
This pin is Ground of the IC.
V_cc
This pin is connected to the supply voltage. An internal current

charges the V_cc capacitor (2532), and the start-up sequence
is initiated when this voltage reaches a level of 9.5 V. Note: The
output power is disabled when the voltage gets below 9 V
(UVLO). Operating range is between 0 to 40 V.
RC
REG
11
Demag
Before the Hercules (IC7200) can generate horizontal drive

pulses, the +3.3V supply voltages must be present. After the
start up command of the microprocessor (via I2C), the
Hercules outputs the horizontal pulses. These horizontal
pulses begin initially with double line frequency and then
change gradually to line frequency in order to limit the current
in the line stage (slow-start).
Frequency setting
This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin contains two
functions: 1) Between 1 to 1.425 V it controls the "on" time. 2)
Above the threshold of 3.5 V, it is possible to initiate "burst
mode" standby.
The VDRA and VDRB signals are the balanced output currents
(sawtooth shaped) of the frame oscillator (pins 106 and 107 of
the Hercules). These output signals are balanced, so they are
less sensitive to disturbances.
This pin is connected to the V_cc winding of 5531. It has three

functions: 1) During Magnetisation, the input voltage is sensed
to compensate OCP level for OPP. 2) During demagnetisation,
the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3) A comparator is
used to prevent continuous conduction when output is
overloaded.
12
Sense
This pin contains three different functions.: 1) Dectection of soft

start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP.
14
Drain
This pin is connected to the drain of the switch or center tap of

the transformer. It contains three functions: 1) M-level (mainsdependent operation-enabling level), 2) Supply for start-up
current, and 3) Valley detection.
There is a current source inside the UOC at pin 102. This

pumps energy in the capacitor connected to this pin producing
a pure saw tooth. The vertical drive signals and the E/W
correction signal are derived.
Pin 108 is the East-West drive (or AVL), and it is a single ended
current output. The correction for horizontal width for changed
EHT from this pin is available by setting the HCO bit to 1.
As C2532 of IC7531 is charged, it will also start to charge the

V_cc capacitor (C2511) of IC7511. Via resistor R3519 and
C2511, the TEA1506 starts to switch as soon as the V_cc
voltage reaches the V_cc start level of is about 11 V. The V_cc
voltage is automatically taken over by the main transformer
L5512 (winding 2-3) when the V_cc is high enough (when this
voltage is even higher than the voltage on C2511, there is no
current flow from C2532 to C2511 due to diode D6512).
The Phase-2 Compensation available at pin 113 gives frame

correction for high beam currents. The phase compensation
signal is used to correct the phase of the picture from the
horizontal drive signal.
Pin 63 is the SANDCASTLE output (contains all sync info) and
also HORIZONTAL FLYBACK (HFB) input.
Pin 97 is the EHT tracking/over-voltage protection pin. The
HCO bit can switch on the tracking on EW. If the voltage at pin
97 exceeds 3.9 V, the over-voltage protection will be activated
and the horizontal drive is switched off via a slow stop.
Table 9-2 Pinning overview TEA1506
9.2.4
Pin
Symbol
Vcc
Description
This pin is connected to the supply voltage. When this voltage
is high (Vcc_start level, about 11 V), the IC will start switching.
When the voltage is lower than Vcc_uvlo (about 8.7 V), the IC
will stop switching.Note: This pin is not self supplied by internal
source like in TEA1507
Gnd
This pin is Ground of the IC.
Ctrl
This pin is connected to the feedback loop. The pin will control
the "on" time between 1 V to 1.5 V.
Demag
This pin is connected to the Vcc winding of 5512. It contains

three functions: 1) During magnetisation, the input voltage is
sensed to compensate OCP level for OPP, 2) During
demagnetisation, the output voltage is sensed for OVP and 3)
a comparator is used to prevent continuous conduction when
the output is overloaded.
Sense
This pin contains three different functions: 1) dectection of soft

start, protection levels of 2) OCP, and 3) SWP.
11
Driver
This pin will drive the (MOSFET) switch.
12
HVS
This is High Volt Spacer (n.a.)
14
Drain
Connected to the Drain of the external MOSFET switch, this is

the input for valley sensing and initial internal supply.
9.3.2
Horizontal Deflection
There are several executions (depending on the CRT):
Sets with no East-West correction. The principle of the
horizontal deflection is based on the quasi-diode
modulation circuit. This horizontal deflection circuit
supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from
the LOT.
Sets with East-West correction. The principle of the
horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator with
east-west correction. This horizontal deflection circuit
supplies the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from
the LOT.
Sets with dynamic East-West correction. The principle
of the horizontal deflection is based on a diode modulator
with dynamic east-west correction for picture tubes with
inner pincushion. This horizontal deflection circuit supplies
the deflection current and auxiliary voltages from the LOT.
Standby Mode
In this mode, IC7511 (TEA1506) will be totally disabled. So
there is no voltage on the main transformer output. But IC7531
(TEA1523) will still work and will provide the necessary output
voltages (6V -> 5V, 3.3V, 3V -> 1.8V) to the Hercules (IC7200).
Basic Principle
During a scan period, either the Line Transistor or diode(s)
conduct to ensure a constant voltage over the deflection coil
(that results in a linear current). During the flyback period, the
Line Transistor stops conducting, and the flyback capacitor(s)
together with the inductance of the deflection coil creates
oscillation.
EN 84
9.
L04L AA
First Part of Scan

Pin 62 of the UOC delivers the horizontal drive signal for the
Line Output stage. This signal is a square pulse of line
frequency. L5402 is the flyback drive transformer. This
transformer de-couples the line output stage from the UOC. It
has a direct polarization. The flyback drive circuit works with
the start-up supply taken from +6V of the Aux supply (and
subsequently taking from VlotAux+9V). When the H-drive is
high, TS7404 conducts, and transformer L5402 starts to store
energy. The base of the line transistor TS7405 is low and
therefore blocks. The current in the deflection coil returns from
diode D6404.
frequency) taken from the line aux output. Then a series of

width-modulated pulses is formed via two inverted phase
amplifiers, filtered by an inductor, which then directly drive the
diode modulated line circuit.
Second Part of Scan

When the H-drive is low, TS7404 does not conduct, and the
energy that is stored in the transformer will transfer to the
secondary, making the base of the Line Transistor high. Then
the Line Transistor starts to conduct. The current in the
deflection coil returns from the transistor in another direction.
Upon entering the picture geometry menu in the SAM mode,

the following corrections will be displayed.
EWW: East West Width.
EWP: East West Parabola.
UCP: Upper Corner Parabola.
LCP: Lower Corner Parabola.
EWT: East West Trapezium.
The East-West drive circuit realizes them all. The settings can
be changed by a remote control. All changed data will be
stored into the NVM after the geometry alignment.
East-West Correction
To achieve a good geometry, dynamic S-correction is needed.
The design is such that the tube/yoke needs East-West
correction. Besides that, an inner pincushion is present after
East-West correction. The line deflection is modulated with a
parabolic voltage (frame frequency). In this way it is not so
much at top and bottom, and much more in the middle.
Flyback
At the moment the H-drive becomes high, the base of the Line
Transistor becomes low. Both the Line Transistor and the
Flyback Diode will block. There is an oscillation between the
flyback capacitor C2412 and the deflection coil. Because of the
inductance of the LOT, the Line Transistor cannot stop
conducting immediately. After the Line Transistor is out of
conduction, the flyback pulse is created. The flyback capacitor
charges until the current in the deflection coil reduce to zero.
Then it discharges through the deflection coil and the deflection
current increases from the other direction. The flyback diode
conducts and is back to the first part of the scan.
Panorama
For Wide Screen sets, the S-correction of the picture has to
adapt between the different picture modes. In particular,
between 16:9 Wide Screen and 4:3 picture modes. This is
achieved with the (separate) Panorama circuit (see diagram
G). A signal (I2SDI1) from the UOC controls the state of
TS7463. When in the normal 16:9 Wide Screen mode, the
signal is low and therefore TS7463 is switched off.
When the 4:3 mode is selected, this signal from the UOC is
pulled high, switching TS7463 on. The relay 1463 on the
Panorama panel is subsequently turned on and, in effect,
paralleling capacitor C2475/C2474 to the S-Cap C2469/
C2470. This changes the overall effective S-correction. The
relay is switched on in 4:3 and Superwide picture modes.
Linearity Correction
Because the deflection coil has a certain resistance, a picture
without any linearity issues cannot be expected. L5401 is the
linearity coil to compensate for this resistance. It is a coil with a
pre-magnetized core. This correction is called linearity
correction.
9.3.3
Horizontal S-Correction
Because the electronic beam needs to travel a longer distance
to both sides of the screen than the center, the middle of the
screen would become narrower than both sides. To prevent
this, a parabolic voltage is applied across the deflection coil
during scan. To create this parabolic voltage, a capacitor called
S-cap (C2417/C2418) is used as a voltage source during scan.
The sawtooth current of the deflection through this capacitor
creates the required parabolic voltage. This correction is called
S-Correction.
The horizontal deflection provides various auxiliary voltages

derived either directly or indirectly from the secondary pins of
the LOT:
+9V: This supplies the Herculess flyback driver.
+11V: This supplies the frame amplifier.
-12V: This supplies the frame amplifier.
50V: This supplies the frame amplifier.
Filament: This supplies the heater pins of the picture tube.
VideoSupply (+200V from primary side of LOT): This
supplies the RGB amplifier and Scavem circuit at the CRT
panel.
Mannheim-Circuit
When the EHT is heavily loaded with a bright line, the flyback
time can be increased a bit in this situation. As a result, the
scan delays a bit causing a DC-shift to the right in the next line,
which would create a small spike on the S-cap. This spike
oscillates with the inductance of the deflection coil and the
primary of LOT. The result is visible in vertical lines under
horizontal white line. This is called the Mannheim-effect.
To prevent this from happening, a circuit called Mannheimcircuit is added. This consists of C2415, R3404, R3417 and
D6406. During the scan, C2415 is charged via R3417. During
the flyback, the S-correction parabola across the S-Cap
C2417/C2418 is in its most negative, and D6406 conducts.
Thus, C2415 is switched in parallel to C2417/C2418 during
flyback. As C2415 is much larger than C2417/C2418, the
voltage across C2415 reduces the Mannheim-effect oscillation.
Class D East-West Driver
To reduce the power loss of the normal used linear East-West
amplifier, a class-D East-West circuit is used. To achieve this,
the East-West parabola waveform EW_DRIVE from the
Hercules (frame frequency) is sampled with a saw tooth (line
Auxiliary Voltages
Notes:
The V_T voltage (to tuner) is drawn from V_batt.
The EHT voltage is generated by the Line Output
Transformer (LOT). The Focus and Vg2 voltages are
created with two potentiometers integrated in the
transformer.
9.3.4
Beam Current
The beam current is adjusted with R3451 and R3452. The
components R3473, R3453 and C2451 determine the
EHT_info characteristic. The voltage across C2412 varies
when the beam current changes. This EHT_info is used to
compensate the picture geometry via pin 97 of the Hercules
when the picture changes rapidly, and compensate the phase
2 loop via pin 113 of the Hercules. Also from the EHT_info line,
a BCL signal is derived and sent to the Hercules for controlling
the pictures contrast and brightness.

When the picture content becomes brighter, it will introduce:
Geometry distortion due to the impedance of the LOT
causing the EHT to drop.
Picture blooming due to the picture characteristics
Because of the above mentioned, we will need a circuit for
Beam Current Limiter (BCL) and EHT compensation
(EHT_info). These two circuits derive the signal from the
picture tube current info through LOT pin 10.
9.3.7
EHT_info
The PHI2 correction is to correct the storage time deviation of
the Line Output Transistor, which is causing geometry
distortion due to brightness change.
Line EHT_info is to correct the geometry distortion due to EHT
deviation.
Both of them feedback through the EHTO and PH2LF pin, and
correct the geometry through the East-West circuit.
9.3.6
C2463, R3464 and D6457 are for boosting the base voltage of
TS7451 during the flyback period and the 1st half Frame period
as well. C2463 is charged by D6457 during the 2nd half
scanning. R3467 and R3468 are for oscillation damping.
The V_guard protection is to protect the Frame stage if a fault
condition happens. The V_guard will sense the pulse with
voltage > 3.8 V and period < 900 us. Any signal out of this
range will be considered as fault, and the chassis will be shut
down.
9.3.8
The X-ray protection circuit rectifies the filament voltage and

uses it to trigger TS7481 when the EHT is too high. TS7481 is
biased at off condition by D6480, R3482, and R3483 during
Tilt and Rotation

The rotation control signal is a PWM output from the UOC. It is
filtered by R3252, R3246, R3259 and C2259. The DC voltage
after filtering at C2259 will be amplified by R3245 (Main Board)
and R3390 (CRT panel).
The output stage functions similarly as in L01.1 with rotation IC
TDA8941P. TS7331/TS7382 and TS7332/TS7381 will function
alternatively corresponding to the rotation setting.
DAF
X-ray Protection
Vertical Deflection
The Frame differential drive signal from the Hercules comes

from a current source. Resistors R3460 and R3461 convert
them into a voltage, and feed them into the differential amplifier
TS7455 and TS7456. The output of TS7456 is input to the next
amplification stage of TS7452. Finally, TS7451 and TS7453
deliver the Vertical yoke current to the coil and feedback
through the sensing resistors R3471 and R3472.
D6458 and TS7454 are used to bias TS7451 and TS7453, to
get rid of zero crossovers, which can cause horizontal lines at
the screen center.
The negative supply is from -12V and the positive scanning
supply is from +12V through D6459. The flyback supply is
derived from D6455, D6456 and C2456. This circuit is a voltage
doubler, which stores energy in C2456 during the Line flyback
period and delivers the energy to C2465 during the Line
scanning period. Throughout the Frame period, the charging
and discharging of C2456 works alternatively. However, at the
first half of the Frame scanning, TS7451 is on and consumes
all the charge from C2456. When entering 2nd half Frame
period, TS7451 is off, so C2456 will gradually charge up to the
required flyback supply.
Components R3454, D6451, D6450, C2453, R3493, and

C2230 are for average beam current limiting. C2453 and
R3493 also control the timing where average beam current
limiting is more active or less active.
The Dynamic Astigmatic Focus (DAF) circuit is required by

34RF sets only (depends on region). It provides vertical DAF
and horizontal DAF. Both of the parabola signals are derived
through integration by using chassis available signals:
The vertical parabola is using RC integration (via R3403
and C2401) on the Frame sensing resistor saw tooth
(Frame_FB).
The horizontal parabola is obtained by 2 RC integration
(R3409, R3410, C2402, C2403) on the +9V LOT output.
Both of the parabolas are added on the output stage through
adder TS7402 and TS7403. The collector of TS7402 emitterdrives TS7401 and is amplified by pull up resistor R3411.
D6401 and C2405 provide the rectified supply voltage.
EN 85
The Frame stage consists fully of discrete components. This

has the advantage for better flash behavior than when an IC
was used.
Components TS7483, R3490, R3491, R3492, and C2483 are

for fast beam current limiting (e.g. with a Black-to-White
pattern).
9.3.5
9.
normal operation. When the EHT goes too high, the voltage
across R3482 will tend to increase as well, while the voltage
across D6481 is fixed. Up to certain level (triggering point),
TS7481 will be on and will force the EHT_info > 3.9 V. The
chassis will be shut down through a soft stop sequence.
BCL
When the BCL pin voltage goes to 2.8 V, the Hercules will
start to limit CONTRAST gain.
When it reaches 1.7 V, then the BRIGHTNESS gain limit
will start to react.
When BCL pin voltage goes to 0.8 V, the RGB will be
blanked.
Power Down
The power down connection is for EHT discharge during AC
Power Off state. In the Hercules, if EHT_info > 3.9 V, it will
trigger the X-ray protection circuit via a 2fH soft stop sequence.
The Hercules bits OSO (Switch Off in Vertical Over scan) and
FBC (Fixed Beam Current Switch Off) will discharge the EHT
with 1mA cathode current at over-scan position.
During switch-off, the H_out frequency is doubled immediately
and the duty cycle is set to 25% fixed, during 43 ms. The RGB
outputs are driven high to get a controlled discharge of the
picture tube with 1 mA during 38 ms. This will decrease the
EHT to about half the nominal value (= safety requirement).
When bit OSO is set, the white spot/flash during switch-off will
be written in overscan and thus will not be visible on the screen.
Careful application must guarantee that the vertical deflection
stays operational until the end of the discharge period.
L04L AA
9.3.9
CRT panel
The RGB amplifier stage is exactly the same as in L01.1.
However, the RGB amplifier IC has been changed to
TDA6107AJF or TDA6108AJF. The A indication is with gain
of 80 rather than 50 in L01.1. The diode D6332 used in the
former chassis, to solve the bright screen during start up, is not
required because this IC has the error correction implemented.
Scavem
In certain versions, the Scavem feature is used to enhance the
sharpness of the picture. The RGB signals are first
differentiated and subsequently amplified before feeding to an
auxiliary coil known as the SVM coil. The current, flowing
through the SVM coil during the picture intensity transients,
modulates the deflection field and thus the scan velocity.
EN 86
9.
L04L AA
During the first half of the intensity increase, the scan velocity
is increased (thus decreasing the current density by spreading
it on a wider area). During the second half of the intensity
increase, the scan velocity is decreased (increasing the current
density by concentrating it on a smaller area). The increasing
current density transition is sharpened. A decreasing current
density transition is processed in a similar way and is also
sharpened.
In this chassis the SCAVEM signal is different from its
predecessor because the Hercules generates the differential
SCAVEM signal inside the IC.
The supply of the SCAVEM is taken from V_bat through a 1k5
/ 5 W resistor. Compared with the L01.1, this has the advantage
of getting better performance for the pattern with tremendous
SCAVEM current (like V_sweep). In this former chassis,
because the supply was taken from the 200 V through a 8k2 /
5 W resistor, the supply dropped significantly during a large
SCAVEM current. In this chassis, the drop due to the pattern
will be less because of the lower supply voltage impedance.
In the Main Board, 1st stage amplification is taken care by 7208
with the pull up resistors (3361, 3387) located in the CRT panel.
9.4.2
Basic Specification
The Micro Controller operates at the following supply voltages:
+3.3 V_dc at pins 33, 125, and 19.
+1.8 V_dc at pins 126, 36, and 33.
I2C pull up supply: +3.3V_dc.
9.4.3
Pin Configuration and Functionality

The ports of the Micro Controller can be configured as follows:
A normal input port.
An input ADC port.
An output Open Drain port.
An output Push-Pull port.
An output PWM port.
Input/Output Port
The following table shows the ports used for the L04 control:
Table 9-4 Micro Controller ports overview
TS7361 and TS7362 is the current buffer delivering the current

to the output stage. The diode D6361 is to lightly bias these
transistors, to get rid of the zero crossover of the stage.
After that, the signal is ac-coupled to TS7363 and TS7364
where the emitter resistors (R3364 and R3370) will determine
the final SCAVEM current. TS7363 and TS7364 are biased by
R3363, R3366, R3367 and R3368.
C2387, R3388, R3389, R3365, R3369, C2384, and C2385 are
used for suppressing unwanted oscillations.
The function of TS7376 is to limit the SCAVEM current from
going too high. It basically senses the voltage after R3373 and
clamps the SCAVEM signal through D6367 and C2376.
9.4
Control
The Micro Controller is integrated with the Video Processor,
and is called the Hercules. For dynamic data storage, such as
SMART PICTURE and SMART SOUND settings, an external
NVM IC is being used.
Another feature includes an optional Teletext/Closed Caption
decoder with the possibility of different page storage depending
on the Hercules type number.
The Micro Controller ranges in ROM from 128 kB with no TXTdecoder to 128 kB with a 10 page Teletext or with Closed
Caption.
9.4.1
Block Diagram
The block diagram of the Micro Controller application is shown
below.
# !$$%
&%'

# ()
*%&)+

!
$!
)
!,+!+&+-+ ,
.!)
/
.!) .,$/
!$!
01

*%&)+

!$!

01

Description
32
INT0/ P0.5
IR
Configuration
INT0
31
P1.0/ INT1
PWRDOWN
INT1
30
P1.1/ T0
LED
P1.1
27
P0.4/ I2SWS
(for future use)
26
P0.3/ I2SCLK
(for future use)
25
P0.2/ I2SDO2
SEL_SC2_INTERFACE/ SDM
24
P0.1/ I2SDO1
(for future use)
P0.1
23
P0.0/ I2SDI/O
Panorama
P0.0
P1.3
P0.2
22
P1.3/ T1
Write Protect
21
P1.6/ SCL
SCL
SCL
20
P1.7/ SDA
SDA
SDA
18
P2.0/ TPWM
VOL_MUTE
P2.0
17
P2.1/ PWM0
ROTATION
PWM0
16
P2.2/ PWM1
SEL_LL'/M
P2.2
15
P2.3/ PWM2
STANDBY_CON
P2.3
ADC0
14
P3.0/ ADC0
Light Sensor
13
P3.1/ ADC1
(for future use)
10
P3.2/ ADC2
(for future use)
P3.3/ ADC3
KEYBOARD
ADC3
P2.4/ PWM3
A (for future use)
P2.4
P2.5/ PWM4
B (for future use)
P2.5
P1.2/ INT2
C (for future use)
INT2
P1.4/ RX
E (for future use)
P1.5/ TX
D (for future use)
The description of each functional pin is explained below:

LED. This signal is used as an indication for the Standby,
Remote and Error Indicator. Region diversity:
During protection mode, the LED blinks and the set is
in standby mode.
During error conditions it blinks at a predefined rate.
After receiving a valid RC-5 or local keyboard
command it flashes once.
For sets with error message indication, the LED blinks
when message is active and the set is in standby
mode.
Table 9-5 LED signal diversity
LED

Europe
LED brighter
Standby
LED dimmer
Normal
AP/ LATAM
NAFTA
LED lighted Standby LED lighted

LED "off"
Normal
LED "off"
Normal
Standby
"
!

Pin Name

E_14480_070.eps
200204
Figure 9-4 Micro Controller block diagram
SCL. This is the clock wire of the two-wire single master bidirectional I2C bus.
SDA. This is the data wire of the two-wire single master bidirectional I2C bus.
STDBY_CON. The Hercules generates this signal. This
can enable the MAIN SMPS in normal operation and
disable it during Standby. It is of logic low (0 V) under
normal operation and high (3.3 V) during Standby.
IR. This input pin is connected to an RC5 remote control

receiver.
SEL-IF-LL/ M-TRAP. For AP: All L04 AP sets are Multi
System QSS set. This is an output pin to switch the Video
SAW filter between M system and other systems.
0: NTSC M (default)
1: PAL B/G, DK, I, L
Write Protect. The global protection line is used to enable
and disable write protection to the NVM. When write to the
NVM is required, pin 7 of the NVM must be pulled to logic
0 first (via Write_Protect of the micro-controller pin) before
a write is performed. Otherwise pin 7 of NVM must always
be at logic 1
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (default)
Mute. This pin is use to MUTE the audio amplifier. It is
configured as push pull.
Rotation. This pin is configured as PWM for the Rotation
feature. The output of the PWM is proportional to the
feature control.
Light Sensor. This pin is configured as ADC input for the
Light Sensor.
Sel_SC2_Interface. This pin is use to switch between the
SC2_CVBS_OUT and the INTF_CVBS_OUT for the
SCART_2_CVBS_OUT/ MONITOR_OUT signal.
0: Hercules CVBS Output (default)
1: Interface CVBS Output
PWRDOWN. The AUX SMPS generates this signal. Logic
high (3.3 V) under normal operation of the TV and goes
low (0 V) when the Mains input voltage supply goes below
70 V_ac.
Keyboard. Following are the Keyboard functions and the
step values (8 bit) for it.
Function
NAFTA Standby
Step values (8 bit)
0-6
Ch +
0.43
7 - 33
Exit Factory (Ch- and Vol-)
0.69
34 - 53
Ch -
0.93
54 - 73
Menu (Vol - and Vol +)
1.19
74 - 96
Vol -
1.49
97 - 121
DVD Eject
1.8
122 - 147
Vol +
2.12
148 - 169
9.5
Voltage (V_dc)
SDM. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold

start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start,
it will enter the SDM mode (for Service use).
ISP. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the cold
start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during cold start,
it will enter the ISP mode (for Service use).
PANEL. This pin is configured as Open Drain during the
cold start only. If this pin is shorted to ground during that,
then it will enter to the PANEL mode.
ResetEnabled. This is an output pin to switch the control
transistor (pos. TS7202) high or low for the reset of 1.8
V in case there is a corruption in the Hercules.
Tuner and IF
The tuner used in this chassis comes from two sources, from
Philips and from Alps. Both tuner sources have the same pin
configuration so they are 1 to 1 compatible except for the
software, which will be selected by means of Option Settings.
Some features:
Multi-Standard alignment free PLL-IF, including SECAM
L/L.
Integrated IF-AGC time constant.
Integrated sound band-passes and traps (4.5 / 5.5 / 6.0 /
6.5 MHz).
Group delay compensation (for NTSC and for PAL).
EN 87
Diversity
The following Tuners can be present (depending on the region
and the set execution):
Normal tuner without PIP.
FM radio tuner without PIP.
Normal tuner with PIP (main tuner with splitter).
FM radio set with PIP (PIP tuner with splitter).
The SAW filter used, depends on the application concept
(whether it is a QSS concept or an Intercarrier):
OFWM3953M for QSS Video.
OFWK9656M for QSS Audio.
OFWM1971M for Intercarrier.
9.5.2
Pin Assignments and Functionality

Pin assignment of the Tuner:
Table 9-7 Pinning Tuner
Pin Pin Description
DC Voltages
RF-AGC
4V for Maximum Gain < 4V for Strong Signal

Condition
FM Radio Input or N.C
NC (Address Pin)
SCL
0 to 3.3 V_dc
SDA
0 to 3.3 V_dc
6/7 Supply Voltage
Table 9-6 Local keyboard values
9.
QSS versions with digital Second-Sound-IF SSIF (AM

demodulator for free).
FM mono operation possible: Inter-Carrier or QSS.
9.5.1
L04L AA
5 V_dc +/- 0.25 V
N.C
Tuning Supply Voltage
30 to 35 V_dc
10
FM Radio IF Output/Ground -
11
TV IF Output
Pin assignment of the several SAW filters (depends on region/

execution):
Table 9-8 Pinning SAW filters
QSS Video
Pin (item 1002)
QSS Video
(item 1003)
QSS Audio
(item 1001)
Intercarrier
(item 1002)
Input
Input
Input
Input
Input Ground
Input Ground
Switching Input
Input Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Ground
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
n.c.
n.c.
Ground
Free
10
Switching input
The table below shows the switching behavior of SAW filter.

Table 9-9 Switching behavior SAW filter
Condition
System
High
Low
BG/DK/I/L
Note: The logic level is measured at the base of transistor

7001.
EN 88
9.5.3
9.
L04L AA
Option Settings
The option settings for the Tuner type can be found in Option
setting 1 of the SAM mode. The Option settings for Option 1 are
as follows:
Option Byte 1
Bit 7: OP_PHILIPS_TUNER
Bit 6: OP_FM_RADIO
Bit 5: OP_LNA
Bit 4: OP_ATS
Bit 3: OP_ACI
Bit 2: OP_UK_PNP
Bit 1: OP_VIRGIN_MODE
Bit 0: OP_CHINA
For more details on the option settings, please refer to the
chapter 8 Alignments.
9.6
Source Select
For this chassis, the audio/video source selection is controlled
via the Hercules.
The Audio/Video Source Select is one of the more complex
functions due to its diversity and complex switching. The Audio/
Video Source Select comprises of the following components:
The Hercules itself for Mono Audio and Video Source
Selection.
The HEF switch for Stereo Audio as well as Video
Selection.
9.6.1
Options
The option settings for the Source Selection can be found in
Option settings of the SAM mode. The Option settings for
Option 5 are as follows:
Option Byte 5
Bit 7: AV1
Bit 6: AV2
Bit 5: AV3
Bit 4: CVI
Bit 3: SVHS2
Bit 2: SVHS3
Bit 1: HOTEL MODE
Bit 0:
For more detail on the option settings, please refer to the
9.6.2
Diversity
The basic diversity of the Audio/Video Source Select is
between the Mono and the Stereo sets and the number of
Cinch/SCARTs as specified in the product specification. The
table below shows the Audio/Video Source Select diversity for
all regions:
Table 9-10 AV Source Select diversity

Pin
Symbol
Remark
51
R/Pr IN3
AV1 (CVI)
50
G/Y IN3
49
B/Pb IN3
52
INSSW3
74
CVBS2/Y2
95
AUDIO IN5 L
94
AUDIO IN5 R
73
AUDIO IN3 L
72
AUDIO IN3 R
71
CVBS3/Y3
70
C2/C3
80
AUDIO IN4 L
79
AUDIO IN4 R
78
CVBS4/Y4
77
C4
81
IFVO/SVO/CVBSI
67
AUD OUT HP L
66
AUD OUT HP R
69
AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT)
68
AUD OUT LS R
59
V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX)
58
U IN (B/Pb IN2)
57
Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx)
AV2 (SVHS)
Side (SHVS)
Monitor Out
HP/ LS Out
Interface
54
U OUT (INSSW2)
76
AUDIO IN2 L
75
AUDIO IN2 R
86
DVBO/IFVO/FMRO
65
CVBSO/PIP
PIP application
56
Y SYNC
100 nF
55
Y OUT
100 nF
53
V OUT (SWO)
N.C.
93
AUD OUT S L
N.C.
92
AUD OUT S R
N.C.
N.C.
Table 9-11 SCART Source Select diversity

Pin
Symbol
Remark
51
R/Pr IN3
SCART 1
50
G/Y IN3
49
B/Pb IN3
52
INSSW3
74
CVBS2/Y2
86
DVBO/IFVO/FMRO
95
AUDIO IN5 L
94
AUDIO IN5 R
93
AUD OUT S L
92
AUD OUT S R
71
CVBS3/Y3
70
C2/C3
81
IFVO/SVO/CVBSI
73
AUDIO IN3 L
72
AUDIO IN3 R
67
AUD OUT HP L
66
AUD OUT HP R
80
AUDIO IN4 L
79
AUDIO IN4 R
78
CVBS4/Y4
77
C4
69
AUD OUT LS L (AUD OUT/AM OUT)
68
AUD OUT LS R
59
V IN (R/Pr IN2/CX)
58
U IN (B/Pb IN2)
57
Y IN (G/Y IN2/CVBS-Yx)
SCART 2
Side I/O
LS/ HP/ MON OUT

Interface
54
U OUT(INSSW2)
76
AUDIO IN2 L
75
AUDIO IN2 R
65
CVBSO/PIP
56
YSYNC
100 nF
55
YOUT
100 nF
53
VOUT(SWO)
N.C.
for PIP

9.6.3
L04L AA
9.
EN 89
42,43 44
CRT
49,50,51
RGB/CVI
INPUT
Audio Source Selection

NVM
The signals coming out of the DEMDEC (internal demodulator/

decoder block of the Hercules) are selectable and consist of
the following (depending on the transmission):
DEC L/R (Can be NICAM, FM 2CS, or BTSC Stereo).
Mono (Refers to fallback/forced Mono in Stereo
Transmission).
SAP.
For L04, the assigned I/O with respect to the Hercules is as
follows:
SCART1 or AV1 Input assigned to Audio In 5.
SCART2 or AV2 Input assigned to Audio In 3.
Side AV Input assigned to Audio In 4.
External Interface Input assigned to Audio In 2.
SCART1 Output (EU) assigned to SCART Output.
SCART2 Output (EU) or Monitor Output (LA/NA/AP)
assigned to Headphone Output.
Constant Level Output assigned to Loudspeaker Output.
9.6.4
Video Processing
Some features:
Full YUV-loop interface (alternative functions: DVD, RGB
or Y/C).
Internal OSD insertion (not Saturation or Contrast
controlled).
Double window implementation.
Linear / non linear scaling for 16:9 sets.
Tint (hue) on UV signals (including DVD).
Peaking, Coring, Black \ Blue \ White-stretch.
Transfer-Ratio and Scavem (also on TXT).
Features
The features included in the Hercules are as follows:
Brightness Control.
Contrast Control.
Saturation Control.
Sharpness Control.
Peak White Limiter.
Beam Current Limiter.
Black Stretch (Contrast Plus).
For sets with the TDA9178, there are two extra features:
Luminance Transient Improvement (LTI).
Color Transient Improvement (CTI).
9.7.2
VI DEO
SAW
24 25
53,54,55
HERCULES
57,58 59
Block Diagram
Following diagram is the block diagram of the video processing
part:
LTI/CTI
SW
AUDIO
SAW
29,30
95,94,80,79,
78,77,76,75,
74,73,72,71,70
PIP/
DVD
86,81,
67,66
68,69
65
CVBS/AUDIO
REAR/SIDE
INPUT/OUTPUT
AUDIO
AM P
Video Source Selection
The Video Processor is basically the Hercules and the

TDA9178 (CTI/LTI). Video processing is done in these two
chips such as the Brightness Control, Contrast Control and so
on.
9.7.1
TUNER
MONITOR
OUT
Video source selection is done inside the Hercules. Therefore

it provides a video switch with 3 external CVBS inputs and a
CVBS output. All CVBS inputs can be used as Y-input for Y/C
signals. However, only 2 Y/C sources can be selected because
the circuit has 2 chroma inputs.
All input signals are converted to YUV, and looped through an
external interface. This to enable picture improvement features
(like LTI/CTI) or PIP.
9.7
20 21
E_14480_071.eps
200204
Figure 9-5 Video processing block diagram

9.7.3
LTI/CTI
The TDA9178 is an I2C-bus controlled IC (INCREDIBLE chip)
with YUV interface. This IC can do mainly histogram
processing, color transient improvement (CTI) and line
transient improvement (LTI).
Luminance Vector Processing involves histogram function,
which provides scene dependent contrast improvement,
adaptive black and white point stretching.
Color Vector Processing involves skin tone correction,
green enhancement and blue stretch.
Spectral Processor involves step improvement processing,
contour processing, smart sharpness control, color
dependant sharpness and Color Transient Improvement.
Noise detector, feature mode detector and cue flash
functions.
Demonstration mode shows all the improvement features
in one picture.
Table 9-12 Pinning overview TDA9178
Pin
Symbol
Description
SC
Sandcastle input pin
n.c.
Not connected pin
ADEXT1
External AD-conversion #1 input pin
ADEXT2
ADEXT3
Y in
Luminance input pin
ADR
Address selection input pin
U in
-(B-Y) signal input pin
V in
-(R-Y) signal input pin
10
TP
Testpin, connected to ground
11
SCL
I2C-bus: clock input pin
12
n.c.
Not connected pin
13
n.c.
Not connected pin
14
SDA
I2C-bus: data input pin
15
DECDIG
Decoupling digital supply
16
V out
-(R-Y) signal output pin
17
U out
-(B-Y) signal output pin
18
V ee
Ground pin
19
Y out
Luminance output pin
20
V cc
Supply-voltage pin
21
S out
Luminance output for SCAVEM
22
CF
Cue-flash output pin
23
n.c.
Not connected pin
24
n.c.
Not connected pin
EN 90
9.7.4
9.
L04L AA
The option settings allow for process of the video as per set
specification. The option settings can be found in Option 2
and Option 6 in the SAM mode. The option settings are as
follows:
Option Byte 2
Bit 7:
Bit 6 :OP_GREEN_UI
Bit 5: OP_CHANNEL_NAMING,
Bit 4: OP_LTI,
Bit 3: OP_TILT,
Bit 2: OP_FINE_TUNING
Bit 1: OP_PIP_PHILIPS_TUNER,
Bit 0: OP_HUE,
Option Byte 6
Bit 7: OP_PERSONAL_ZAPPING,
Bit 6:
Bit 5: OP_FMTRAP
Bit 4: OP_COMBFILTER
Bit 3: OP_ACTIVE_CONTROL
Bit 2: OP_VIDEO_TEXT
Bit 1 :OP_LIGHT_SENSOR,
Bit 0: OP_DUAL_TEXT
For more details on the option settings, please refer to the
9.8
In this chassis, the analog decoder is used in two cases:

It is used for AM Sound demodulation in the Europe
SECAM LL transmission.
It is used for all FM demodulation in AP AV-Stereo sets.
For the case of NAFTA and LATAM, there is only one

transmission standard, which is the M standard. The
diversity then will be based on whether it has a dBx noise
reduction or a Non-dBx (no dBx noise reduction).
For the case of AP, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/M for
a Multi-System set. The diversity here will then depends on
the region. AP China can have a Multi-System and I/DK
version. For India, it might only be BG standard.
9.8.2
Functionality
The features available in the Hercules are as follows:
Treble and Bass Control.
Surround Sound Effect that includes:
Incredible Stereo.
Incredible Mono.
3D Sound (not for AV Stereo).
TruSurround (not for AV Stereo).
Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS422 (not for AV Stereo).
Virtual Dolby Surround, VDS423 (not for AV Stereo).
Dolby Pro-Logic (not for AV Stereo).
Bass Feature that includes:
Dynamic Ultra-Bass.
Dynamic Bass Enhancement.
BBE (not for AV Stereo).
Auto-Volume Leveler.
5 Band Equalizer.
Loudness Control.
All the features stated are available for the Full Stereo versions
and limited features for the AV Stereo
Audio Processing
The audio decoding is done entirely via the Hercules. The IF
output from the Tuner is fed directly to either the Video-IF or the
Sound-IF input depending on the type of concept chosen.
There are mainly two types of decoder in the Hercules, an
analog decoder that decodes only Mono, regardless of any
standards, and a digital decoder (or DEMDEC) that can decode
both Mono as well as Stereo, again regardless of any
standards.
9.8.1
Options
9.9
Audio Amplifier
The audio amplifier part is very straightforward. It uses the
integrated power amplifier TDA2616Q, and delivers a
maximum output of 2 x 10 W_rms.
The maximum operating condition for this amplifier is 21 V
unloaded. Normal operating supply is from 7.5 V to 16 V.
Muting is done via the VOLUME_MUTE line connected to pin
2 of the amplifier-IC and coming from the UOC.
The following table shows pin functionality of the Audio
Amplifier:
Diversity
Table 9-13 Pinning overview TDA2616
The diversity for the Audio decoding can be divided into two
main concepts:
The Quasi Split Sound concept used in Europe and some
AP sets.
The Inter Carrier concept, used in NAFTA and LATAM.
The UOC-III family makes no difference anymore between
QSS- and Intercarrier IF, nearly all types are softwareswitchable between the two SAW-filter constructions.
Simple data settings are required for the set to determine
whether it is using the Inter Carrier or the QSS concept. These
settings are done via the QSS and FMI bit found in SAM
mode. Due to the diversity involved, the data for the 2 bits are
being placed in the NVM location and it is required to write once
during startup.
On top of that, it can be further broken down into various
systems depending on the region. The systems or region
chosen, will in turn affect the type of sound standard that is/are
allowed to be decoded.
For the case of Europe, the standard consists of BG/DK/I/
LL for a Multi-System set. There are also versions of
Eastern Europe and Western Europe set and the standard
for decoding will be BG/DK and I/DK respectively. FM
Radio is a feature diversity for the Europe sets. The same
version can have either FM Radio or not, independent of
the system (e.g. sets with BG/DK/I/LL can have or not
have FM radio).
Pin
Pin Name
Normal Operation
Input Left
Input AC signal
Mute
16 V_dc
Ground
0V
Output L Channel
AC waveform
Supply Voltage (negative)
-16 V_dc
Output R Channel
AC waveform
Supply Voltage (positive)
+ 16 V_dc
Inverting inputs L and R
0V
Input Right
Input AC signal

9.10 Abbreviation list
2CS
ACI
ADC
AFC
AFT
AGC
AM
AP
AR
ATS
AV
AVL
BCL
B/G
BTSC
CC
CCC
ComPair
CRT
CSM
CTI
CVBS
CVI
DAC
DBX
D/K
DFU
DNR
DSP
DST
DVD
EEPROM
EHT
EHT-INFO
EPG
EU
EW
EXT
FBL
FILAMENT
FM
H
HP
I
I2C
IF
2 Carrier (or Channel) Stereo

Automatic Channel Installation:
algorithm that installs TV sets directly
from cable network by means of a
predefined TXT page
Analogue to Digital Converter
Automatic Frequency Control: control
signal used to tune to the correct
frequency
Automatic Fine Tuning
Automatic Gain Control: algorithm that
controls the video input of the feature
box
Amplitude Modulation
Asia Pacific region
Aspect Ratio: 4 by 3 or 16 by 9
Automatic Tuning System
External Audio Video
Automatic Volume Leveler
Beam Current Limitation
Monochrome TV system. Sound
carrier distance is 5.5 MHz
Broadcast Television Standard
Committee. Multiplex FM stereo sound
system, originating from the USA and
used e.g. in LATAM and AP-NTSC
countries
Closed Caption
Continuous Cathode Calibration
Computer aided rePair
Cathode Ray Tube or picture tube
Customer Service Mode
Color Transient Improvement:
manipulates steepness of chroma
transients
Composite Video Blanking and
Synchronization
Component Video Input
Digital to Analogue Converter
Dynamic Bass Expander or noise
reduction system in BTSC
Direction For Use: description for the
end user
Dynamic Noise Reduction
Digital Signal Processing
Dealer Service Tool: special remote
control designed for dealers to enter
e.g. service mode
Digital Versatile Disc
Electrically Erasable and
Programmable Read Only Memory
Extra High Tension
Extra High Tension information
Electronic Programming Guide
Europe
East West, related to horizontal
deflection of the set
External (source), entering the set via
SCART or Cinch
Fast Blanking: DC signal
accompanying RGB signals
Filament of CRT
Field Memory or Frequency
Modulation
Horizontal sync signal
Headphone
Integrated IC bus
Intermediate Frequency
IIC
ITV
LA
LATAM
LED
L/L'
LS
M/N
NA
L04L AA
9.
EN 91
Integrated IC bus
Institutional TV
See LATAM
Latin American countries like Brazil,
Argentina, etc.
Light Emitting Diode
carrier distance is 6.5 MHz. L' is Band
I, L is all bands except for Band I
Large Screen or Loudspeaker
Not Applicable, or
EN 92
9.
L04L AA
9.11 IC Data Sheets
9.11.1 Diagram H, TDA9178 (IC7610)
This section shows the internal block diagrams and pin layouts
of ICs that are drawn as "black boxes" in the electrical diagrams
(with the exception of "memory" and "logic" ICs).
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Sout
spectral processing
Luminance vector processing
Yin
Uin
Vin
inputstage
luminance
processing
smart peaking
LTI
VDC
black stretch
histogram processing
gamma control
U,V
Yout
+
output
stage
Uout
Vout
CDS
colour vector processing
Vcc
CTI
colour
processing
supply
skin tone correction
green enhancement
blue stretch
ground
Sandcastle
delay
control
saturation
correction
DECDIG
CF
window
generation
noise
measuring
"cue flash"
calibrate
ADC
featuremode
detection
I 2C
ADext1 (low frequencies)

I2C-control
PIN CONFIGURATION
Sc
24
Nc
Nc
23
Nc
ADEXT1
22
CF
ADEXT2
21
Sout
ADEXT3
20
Vcc
Yin
19
Yout
TDA9178
ADR
18
Vee
Uin
17
Uout
Vin
16
Vout
TP
10
15
DECDIG
SCL
11
14
SDA
Nc
12
13
Nc
E_14480_075.eps
270204
Figure 9-6 Internal Block Diagram and Pin Configuration
Spare Parts List
10. Spare Parts List

Not applicable
L04L AA
10.
EN 93
EN 94
11.
L04L AA
11. Revision List

First release.
Revision List

Philips Chassis L04l-Aa SM PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Philips Chassis L04l-Aa SM PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Colour Television

1. Technical Specifications, Connections,

LTI/CTI Interface Panel

Copyright 2004 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.

Published by BB 0463 Service PaCE

Printed in the Netherlands

EN 3122 785 14440

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

1. Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

RED IR LIGHT SENSOR

Figure 1-1 Top control and Front / Side connections

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Figure 1-2 Rear connections

0.7 V_pp / 75 ohm

Technical Specifications, Connections, and Chassis Overview

TOP CONTROL PANEL

FRONT INTERFACE PANEL

FEATURES & CONNECTIVITIES

CLASS D AUDIO AMPLIFIER

REAR I/O CINCH

DVD POWER SUPPLY

Figure 1-3 PWB location

Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

2. Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

Safety regulations require that during a repair:

Figure 2-1 Discharge picture tube

All ICs and many other semiconductors are susceptible to

Measure the voltages and waveforms with regard to the

Safety and Maintenance Instructions, Warnings, and Notes

All resistor values are in ohms and the value multiplier is

Practical Service Precautions

It makes sense to avoid exposure to electrical shock.

Lead Free Solder

Figure 2-2 Lead-free logo

Use only adequate solder tools applicable for lead-free

After using the AutoProgram Control,

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Connect the Cable TV cable or

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

If your Cable TV signal or

BASIC ANTENNA AND CABLE CONNECTIONS

3. Directions for Use

Cable Signal IN from the

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Point the remote control

Press the CHANNEL UP + or

Pressing both buttons at the

Press the VOLUME + button

Note: You can also press any

o load the supplied batteries

3. Reattach the battery lid.

2. Place the batteries (2-AA) in

1. Remove the battery compartment lid on the back of the remote.

Remote Sensor - Sensor for

Example of Models 27PT5441/37 and 32PT5441/37

Standby Light Indicator - Red light will show

Example of Models 27PT6441/37 and 27PT6442/37

BASIC TV AND REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION

Press the POWER button to

COMPONENT VIDEO INPUT

Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):

Cable Box (w/RF In/Outputs):